9788203406447 by Aschehoug Utdanning

se m

Engelsk for ungdomstrinnet

gs ek

Synnøve Pettersen Felicia Røkaas

BOKMÅL

How to use Stages

gs ek

se m

This book will take you to the next stage on your journey to improve your English language skills. It will take you to places near and far in the past, present and future. It will even take you to magical faraway places where strange things can happen. On this journey you will be entertained by stories about ordinary and extraordinary people, and fantasy creatures. You will also learn interesting things about the English-speaking world, and meet some of the people who live there. Along the way you will learn and practice your skills in English by listening, reading, speaking and writing. The more you listen, read, speak and write, the better you will be. English opens up new worlds. Explore and be inspired by the people, places and stories in this book. We hope you will work hard and have fun too.

CHAPTER FOCUS

Stages 9 has five chapters. At the beginning of each chapter, you will find the Chapter Focus. These bullet points tell you what the chapter will cover.

TEXT AND GLOSSARY Each chapter contains several texts. Each text has a glossary. The words in the glossary are there to help you read the text. You don’t have to learn all the words in the glossary lists. Sometimes you will come across a word you don’t know which is not in the glossary. Don’t panic. You can still understand and enjoy a text even if you don’t know all the words.

TASKS

gs ek

At the end of each chapter, you will find:

se m

You will find these types of tasks in Stages 9: Starting point: These tasks and activities help prepare you for the text. Understanding: These tasks check your understanding of the text. Your teacher will decide how you will do these tasks: orally or in writing. Viewpoints: These discussion questions often ask you to give your opinion. Language Lab: These tasks focus on grammar and language. Vocabulary: These tasks help you learn new words and expressions. Speaking Spot: These tasks get you talking and help you improve your pronunciation. Listening Skills: These tasks ask you to listen for information. Writing Workshop: These tasks help you improve your writing skills. Creative Corner: These activities ask you to be creative, through drawing, role play, making posters, films, etc. Digital Dive: These tasks send you to the internet to learn more about a topic from the text. Text Analysis: These tasks help you use specific terms for talking and writing about literature. Explore More: These tasks suggest ways you can explore something further.

SPEAK & WRITE

These tasks are connected to the topic of the chapter. They can be used for tests or for practice.

LANGUAGE WORK

These grammar courses will help you improve your language skills. Each course presents certain grammar rules with examples. There are also exercises to help you practice the rules.

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING These writing courses will help you develop the skills you need to improve your writing. Each course gives you explanations, tips, examples and exercises. Next to some of the tasks in Stages you will see these symbols: Your teacher will give you a handout. This task makes you get up from your chair and move around. 000

This page number tells you where you can find help to complete the task.

ar pl se m The Twits

gs ek

1 HEALTHY AND HAPPY

novel extract

Roald Dahl

Laughter is the Best Medicine

Brain Food

Healthy and Happy

Powerful Emotions Nicola Morgan

The Sweet Tooth

jokes factual text

Good Enough

• using prepositions

popular science

• using linking words

children’s book extract

• writing five-paragraph texts

factual text short story

Rachel Vail

In the Time of Pandemic

poem

Kitty O’Meara

Speak & Write Language Work

tasks

Improve Your Writing Part 1

grammar 61

• reading, writing and speaking about health and wellbeing

recipes

James Marshall

Learn the Recovery Position

CHAPTER FOCUS

course and tasks

2 OUT OF THIS WORLD So Long, Mom

cartoon

CHAPTER FOCUS

illustration

• reading, writing and speaking about fantasy worlds and the universe

Bill Watterson

Alienography

Chris Riddell

Stargazing

factual text • using adverbs

To Infinity and Beyond Back From Mars

factual text • analysing literature and using literary terms

poem

Kenn Nesbitt

May the Force Be With You Fantasy Literature Dracula

factual text

factual text diary entries

novel extract

Coraline

se m

Rick Riordan

Percy Jackson

Bram Stoker

graphic novel extract

106

Neil Gailman

112

Language Work

tasks

gs ek

Speak & Write

113

grammar and tasks

118

course and tasks

Improve Your Writing Part 2

3 MAKING A DIFFERENCE

124

Banksy – The Street Artist 130

The Starfish

126

street art story

CHAPTER FOCUS

The Smell of Soup and the Sound of Money 136

play

• reading, writing and speaking about people who have changed the world for the better

Thomas Edison Interview

interview

• using present and past continuous

Old Joe and the Carpenter

We Are the World

132

141

146

folktale

song lyrics

Michael Jackson and Lionel Richie

Stop Photoshop

150

Killing Trolls With Kindness Speak & Write Language Work

campaign text 158

162

tasks

164

Improve Your Writing Part 3

factual text

grammar and tasks 167

course and tasks

• recognising and using formal and informal language

4 THE ENGLISH-SPEAKING WORLD: JAMAICA, USA, CANADA Jamaica

174

factual text

The New World

178 182

factual text

The United States of America

America

192

• using pronouns

factual text

196

• writing creative texts

map

A Nation of Immigrants My City

• reading, writing and speaking about the English-speaking world

folktale

188

Map of the USA

CHAPTER FOCUS

factual text

Ananasi and the Pot of Beans Bob Marley

172

200

factual text

208

monologues song lyrics

212

short story

218

Louis Sachar

Sasquatch

228

233

article

The Hockey Sweater

short story

238

Anne of Green Gables

gs ek

Roch Carrier

novel extract

245

Lucy Maud Montgomery

252

tasks

Language Work

250

grammar and tasks

Speak & Write

factual text

se m

Canada – the Great White North

Kissin’ Kate

Leonard Bernstein and Stephen Sondheim

258

Improve Your Writing Part 4

course and tasks

5 LOVE AND RELATIONSHIPS True Colors

266

268

song lyrics

CHAPTER FOCUS

novel extract

• reading, writing and speaking about love and relationships

Billy Steinberg and Tom Kelly

Marigold

272

Jacqueline Wilson

The Dog of Pompeii

short story

278

• using it and there

Louis Untermeyer

The Chemistry of Love

286

factual text

Partners in Love and Science William Shakespeare Romeo and Juliet

291

295

• using direct and indirect speech

factual text factual text

298

graphic story

Based on a play by William Shakespeare

novel extract

304

The Fault in Our Stars

If You Kiss a Boy

John Green

short story extract

308

The Marriage Proposal

se m

Alex Sanchez

novel extract

314

Sharon Creech

Language Work

319

tasks

gs ek

Speak & Write

320

grammar and tasks

323

Improve Your Writing Part 5

course and tasks

Healthy and Happy

ar pl

gs ek

• reading, writing and speaking about health and wellbeing • using prepositions • using linking words • writing five-paragraph texts

se m

Chapter Focus

CHAPTER 1

Healthy and Happy

Vu gs ek pl

se m

Healthy and Happy

The Twits

ROALD DAHL

Roa ld Dahl (1916–1990) was a British writer of books for children. His parents were Norwegian.

gs ek

se m

If a person has ugly thoughts, it begins to show on the face. And when that person has ugly thoughts every day, every week, every year, the face gets uglier and uglier until it gets so ugly you can hardly bear to look at it.

STARTING POINT

Draw two speech bubbles. Write some ugly thoughts in one and good thoughts in the other. Share your thoughts with a partner.

A person who has good thoughts cannot ever be ugly. You can have a wonky nose and a crooked mouth and a double chin and stick-out teeth, but if you have good thoughts they will shine out of your face like sunbeams and you will always look lovely.

twit dust hardly nesten ikke bear orke wonky skjevt crooked krokete double chin dobbelthake sunbeams solstråler

Healthy and Happy

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING 1 Make a voice recording of the text. Use your voice to show your understanding of the text.

VIEWPOINTS

EXPLORE MORE

se m

3 Search the internet for quotes on positive thinking. Choose a quote that you like and make a poster. Share your quote with the class.

2 Discuss the questions. a Do you think your mindset, the way you think, can affect the way you look? How? b What makes you smile?

gs ek

4 The Twits is a funny book about the smelliest, nastiest, ugliest couple in the world. They are horrible to each other and horrible to everyone else. Read the book yourself or listen to the audiobook.

i A s m ile

y ha ck.

I’ve never seen a smiling face that was not beautiful. Unknown

he best bea

Healthy and Happy

Hah! Hah! Hah! Has something got you down? Sometimes a good, hearty laugh is all you need to feel better. Laughter relaxes you and releases endorphins into your body. Those are feel-good hormones. Laughter is also contagious. If you start laughing, others will too. Best of all, laughter is fun, free and easy to use.

gs ek

se m

laughter latter hearty hjertelig releases slipper ut contagious smittsom

STARTING POINT

Laughter is the Best Medicine

What makes you laugh?

Healthy and Happy Here are some parrot jokes. Which one do you think is the funniest?

gs ek

se m

Do NOT Talk to the Parrot Mrs Stafford’s dishwasher was broken, so she called a repairman. They made an appointment for the next day. Since she would be at work, she told him: “I’ll leave the key under the mat. Fix the dishwasher and leave the bill on the counter. By the way, don’t worry about my dog, Brutus. He won’t bother you. But, whatever you do, do NOT talk to the parrot!” When the repairman arrived to fix the dishwasher, he discovered the biggest and meanest looking dog he had ever seen. But, just like Mrs Stafford had said, the dog just lay there on the floor, watching the repairman fix the machine. However, the whole time he was there, the parrot drove him nuts with its non-stop squawking. The noise just wouldn’t stop. Finally the repairman couldn’t take it any longer. He exploded “Shut up, you stupid bird!” When the parrot heard that, it squawked: “GET HIM, BRUTUS!”

Ship Magic Once there was a magician who worked on a cruise ship. He was really good at making things appear and disappear. Every night he had a magic show. The magician was actually quite good, but the ship’s parrot would often mess up his show. It would fly around squawking and giving away his secrets, like: “IT’S UP HIS SLEEVE, IT’S UP HIS SLEEVE!” or “IT’S IN HIS POCKET, IT’S IN HIS POCKET!” or “IT’S IN HIS MOUTH, IT’S IN HIS MOUTH!” The magician was getting sick of this. He threatened to sell the parrot if it ruined his performance one more time. That evening right at the end of his show, just as the magician was about to disappear in a puff of smoke, the ship hit an iceberg! It sank in five minutes flat. Miraculously, there were two survivors, the magician and the parrot! The magician was passed out on a piece of driftwood. When he opened his eyes, he could see the parrot staring at him. The parrot sat there for hours just staring at him. Finally it said, “OK, I give up, where did you hide the ship?”

parrot papegøye dishwasher oppvaskmaskin repairman reparatør appointment avtale bill regning drove him nuts irriterte vettet av ham squawking skravlende squawked skrek magician tryllekunstner appear vise seg disappear forsvinne actually faktisk give away avsløre sleeve ermet pocket lomme ruined ødela performance forestilling iceberg isfjell survivors overlevende passed out bevisstløs driftwood drivved staring stirre

Healthy and Happy

se m

gs ek

fowl mouth stygg i munnen (ordspill på foul mouth) swore bannet sailor sjømann driving him crazy drev ham fra vettet lock låse, stenge cabinet skap clawed klorte let loose slapp løs blush rødme freezer fryseren tremendous voldsom hullabaloo spetakkel wobbled vinglet calmly rolig

Fowl Mouth Once there was this guy with a parrot. And this parrot swore like a sailor – you’ve never heard such bad language before. That bird could swear for five minutes straight without repeating itself. The trouble was, the guy who owned it did not like swearing at all. The bird’s foul mouth was driving him crazy. One day, it got to be too much, so the guy grabbed the bird by the throat, shook it really hard, and yelled, “QUIT IT!” But this just made the bird swear more than ever. Then the guy said, “OK, you asked for it!” and he locked the bird in a kitchen cabinet. This really made the bird go wild. It kicked and clawed and squawked and screamed something terrible. When the guy finally let it out, the bird said “You low-down, no good ...” and then let loose a string of swear words that would make a sailor blush. At that point, the guy was so mad that he threw the bird into the freezer. For the first few seconds there was a tremendous hullabaloo. The bird kicked and clawed and squawked and screamed even worse. The freezer wobbled from side to side. Then suddenly it got very quiet. At first the guy just waited, but then he started to worry. Maybe the bird was hurt? After a couple of minutes, he was so worried that he opened the freezer door. To his surprise the bird climbed calmly onto his out-stretched arm. Then the parrot said politely, “I apologize for any trouble I might have caused. I shall do my best to behave from now on.” The man was amazed. What was going on? The parrot pointed back to the freezer and the frozen chicken that lay there. Then it said, “Pardon me for asking, sir, but what did the chicken do?”

Healthy and Happy

15 TASKS

SPEAKING SPOT 1 Choose one of the parrot jokes. Write down keywords and phrases from the joke. Then retell it to a partner using the keywords.

se m

How can I help you? I need to make an appointment. What is wrong? My dishwasher is broken. I can come tomorrow morning at 10 o’clock. Thank you very much.

2 Role-play the telephone call where Mrs Stafford makes the appointment with the repairman.

gs ek

CREATIVE CORNER

3 How to draw a parrot Work with a partner. You will need paper and coloured pencils. One of you should close your book and draw the parrot, while the other one explains how to do it using the diagram below. The person who is drawing should not look at the diagram!

Language prompts first draw ... then make ... head/beak/body/tail/feet circle/oval/rectangle/line

at the top of the page at the bottom of the page on the right/left next to/under/over

Healthy and Happy

TASKS

WRITING WORKSHOP 4 Think about a time when you had a good, long laugh. Write about what happened.

DIGITAL DIVE 5 Go online and find a joke which you find funny. Write it down. Tell the jokes to each other in small groups. Make a small poster with your joke and a picture and hang it in your classroom.

The punchline is the last part of the joke that makes it funny.

se m

6 Find and watch a funny video clip on the internet. What makes it funny? Write down your thoughts.

chicken grape bathtub yell arrive shut up evening joke angry

7 Vocabulary Which is the odd one out? a parrot dog b carrot banana c freezer refrigerator d scream kick e return come f get him be quiet g sunset night h laughter worry i pleased bothered

gs ek

LANGUAGE LAB

turkey apple dishwasher squawk leave pipe down sunrise smile annoyed

The odd one out means the one that is different from the others.

Healthy and Happy

pl se m

Which phrasal verb above means ... deserve ask for tell happen unconscious ruin

gs ek

9 a b c d e

8 Phrasal verbs Find the missing preposition in the phrasal verbs from the parrot jokes. a Shut up, you stupid bird. b He was really good ___ making things appear. c The parrot would mess ___ his show. d It would give ___ his secrets. e The magician was getting sick ___ this. f The magician was passed ___. g I give ___. h You asked ___ it! i What was going ___?

10 Spelling a Find the missing vowels in these words from the jokes. 1 magic _ _ n 2 disapp _ _ r 3 furi _ _ s 4 rep _ _ rman 5 app _ _ ntment 6 m _ _ nest 7 sw _ _ r 8 s _ _ lor 9 fr _ _ zer 10 scr _ _ m b Use each word in a sentence. c Translate the words to Norwegian. Can you translate them into any other languages?

A phrasal verb is a combination of a verb + a preposition that creates meaning. Carry on!

Healthy and Happy

dreams reading love snow school success

food nature

playing friendship

rain

sports family

religion sunshine

grades

games

music

laughter

gs ek

se m

animals exercise competition

Healthy and Happy rd

STARTING POINT

Choose three words from the word cloud that give you positive energy. Explain to a partner why you chose them.

Being a teenager can feel like riding on a roller coaster. Sometimes we feel bombarded with expectations and frustrations – everything seems like an impossible hurdle. Other times we are filled with joy and excitement – the sky is the limit! Life has its ups and downs. This is perfectly normal. Not even the celebrities and sports stars in the glossy magazines are happy all the time. Beauty, fame and money are not what make people happy. Happiness usually comes down to a few simple things: good health and good relationships with friends and family. Let’s take a closer look at some keys to a long and happy life. One key to a good life is being active. Regular physical activity reduces the risk of stress and many diseases, and generally makes us feel better and happier. It may even influence how well we do at school. A lot of teenagers love sports and like to be active. However, too many young people

roller coaster berg- og dalbane expectations forventninger hurdle hinderløp siblings søsken perform well gjøre det bra diseases sykdommer influence påvirke

gs ek

se m

Healthy and Happy

drop out of organised sports. They either lose interest or cannot find time between school, friends, part-time jobs and chores. However, keeping active can help us cope with many of the challenges we face in our lives. Even a little exercise is better than none. Small things such as going for a walk with a friend or biking to school can make a difference. Most of us can make the choice to be more active. Eating well is another key to a good life. Healthy food is important for everyone, but especially for teenagers. During puberty, the body needs lots of energy and nutrients to grow. Sometimes, a busy schedule makes us depend on junk foods full of salt, sugar and fat. These foods don’t have enough vitamins and minerals. Researchers agree that we should eat at least five servings of fruits and vegetables every day. It is ok to eat sweets and salty snacks now and then, as long as our everyday diet is varied and healthy.

chores plikter cope takle challenges utfordringer nutrients næringsstoffer prevent forhindre schedule timeplan researchers forskere servings porsjoner

Healthy and Happy The best six doctors anywhere and no one can deny it are sunshine, water, rest, and air exercise and diet. Nursery rhyme

Feeling well also depends on how much emotional stress there is in our lives. Having good relations and fun with the people close to us is important for our emotional wellbeing. In fact, being a good friend and caring about others adds meaning to our lives. Feeling useful to others builds selfesteem. Moreover, doing things that we think are fun together with others reduces stress and improves our quality of life. Do you remember the last time you made someone feel good or had a really good laugh? If you are too busy to laugh, you are too busy! There are many ways to a healthy and happy life. Firstly, we should accept that life has its ups and downs. No one feels happy and on top of things all the time. Accept that you sometimes feel down. If it lasts longer than you think is ok, talk to someone about it, for example your school nurse. He or she is there to keep you safe and healthy. Secondly, we should take care of our physical health. Exercise and healthy food make our bodies strong and help us cope with worries and stress. Moreover, we should try to nurture good relationships with our friends and family. Finally, don’t forget to have fun!

gs ek

se m

self-esteem selvfølelse nurture pleie

FIVE ways to wellbeing

Introduce these five simple strategies into youR life and you will feel the benefits. © MENTAL HEALTH FOUNDATION OF NZ 2014

Healthy and Happy

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING 1 a b c d e

Answer the questions. List some keys to a healthy life. What kinds of expectations do teenagers face? Why is exercise important? Why is it important for teenagers to eat healthy foods? Why is having fun with others good for you?

VIEWPOINTS

gs ek

se m

2 Discuss the questions. a “Beauty, fame and money do not make people happy.” Do you agree? Why or why not? b What makes you happy? List 3–4 things. c How can we create a class environment where everybody feels comfortable and happy? d Why do you think many teenagers drop out of organised sports? e What advice would you give a friend who is going through a hard time?

SPEAKING SPOT

3 What advice would you give the teens below? Here are some phrases to help you get started:

You should ... You ought to ... You could ... Why don’t you ... It might be a good idea to ... If I were you, I would ...

Charlotte practises tennis every day after school and spends 2–3 hours doing homework every night. She has little time for friends or other activities. Now she is starting to lose her motivation for both school and tennis. Oliver drinks three cans of his favourite energy drink every day. He is worried because sometimes he feels anxious and his heart starts beating fast and hard. Chris often feels hungry on the way from school to football practice, and pops into the store to buy a chocolate bar nearly every day.

Healthy and Happy

Adil is a gamer. He quit football practice to have more time for gaming. He often stays up late and some nights he only gets 4–5 hours sleep. Quite often he is late for school because has a hard time getting out of bed in the morning. Kendra and her younger brother argue all the time. This makes Kendra sad and her parents annoyed. Some days she wishes she did not have to go home.

CREATIVE CORNER

se m

4 Vote with your feet. Your teacher will read these statements about being happy and healthy. Move to one side of the classroom if you agree. Move to the other if you disagree.

gs ek

I got a good night’s sleep last night. Dancing makes me feel good. I get regular exercise. I sing when I am happy. I eat fruits and vegetables every day. My life is stressful. Our teachers give us too much homework. Gaming is a good way to relax. I often bring my phone to bed. I bring a water bottle to school. I spend too much time on social media. I do an organised activity. I listen to music when I feel low. I ate breakfast this morning.

TASKS

Sarah never eats breakfast. She is not hungry in the morning, but by 10 o’clock she feels hungry and tired. It is hard to wait another hour and a half for lunch.

5 • • • •

Use four photos to tell your story. Find a photo of: yourself an object or person that is important to you your hobby or interest something that shows your personality

Create a digital or paper collage with the photos. Present your collage to your classmates and tell why you chose these photos.

Healthy and Happy

STARTING POINT

Did you know that some types of food are good for your brain? Draw an outline of a brain and write BRAIN FOOD in the middle. What foods do you think boost your brain power? Discuss with a partner.

Brain Food

Brain Boost Smoothies Serves 4 Time: 10 minutes

gs ek

se m

Healthy foods are good for your body and good for your brain. Just like your heart, lungs and muscles, your brain needs nutrients too. Did you know that certain foods can boost your brainpower? They help you remember more, think better and stay focused. Some of these brain foods are: nuts, berries, beans, avocadoes, dark greens, whole grains and fish. Here are two easy recipes filled with tasty nutrients for the brain. Pack some brainpower into your next lunch!

Ingredients 1 banana 3 dl apple juice 1 dl cottage cheese ½ dl quick oats 1 dl walnuts 2 ½ dl frozen blueberries 2 ½ dl frozen raspberries

Combine the banana and apple juice in a blender. Then add the other ingredients. Blend until smooth.

healthy foods sunne matvarer nutrients næringsstoffer boost øke dark greens mørke bladgrønnsaker whole grains helkorn tasty smakfulle quick oats lettkokte havregryn blend bland

gs ek

Smart Salmon Wraps Serves 4 Time: 20 minutes

Ingredients 4 eggs scrambled 1 tablespoon butter 4 whole wheat flour tortillas 12 slices smoked salmon cream cheese 36 cucumber slices rocket

smoked salmon røkelaks cucumber slices agurkskiver scrambled eggs eggerøre frying pan stekepanne spatula stekespade aside til side cheese cutter ostehøvel paper towel papirhåndkle layer lag sprinkle dryss rocket ruccolasalat

se m

Healthy and Happy

First make the scrambled eggs. Break the eggs and mix them together in a bowl. Melt the butter in a small frying pan on medium heat, and then pour in the eggs. Move the eggs around in the pan with a spatula. When the eggs are ready, set them aside to cool. Prepare the cucumber slices next. Use a cheese cutter to slice the cucumber into thin slices. Then put them on a paper towel to dry. Now start putting together the wraps. First spread a thin layer of cream cheese on the tortillas. Then arrange three slices of smoked salmon on each. After that, put three slices of cucumber on each piece of salmon. Next put a thin layer of scrambled eggs on top. Last, sprinkle a small handful of rocket over everything. Roll up the wraps. Cut the wraps in half before serving.

Healthy and Happy

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

d e f g h

Answer the questions. What does your brain need? What do brain foods do? What are some brain foods? Add them to the brain that you drew in the Starting point. What kinds of berries are used in the smoothie recipe? What kind of salmon is used in the wrap recipe? What do you need to make before you put together the wraps? What is the last thing you do before serving the wraps? Which recipe takes the least time to make?

1 a b c

VIEWPOINTS

Discuss the questions. Which brain foods do you eat regularly? What are your favourite kinds of nuts? Have you made smoothies or wraps before? Which ingredients did you use? d Which brain foods would you like to add to your lunch box?

gs ek

se m

2 a b c

CREATIVE CORNER

3 Sequence words Trace your hand into your notebook and then copy the words on the fingers below. These sequence words will help you to structure your text in task 4.

N ext

th en

r la

s Fir

Healthy and Happy

4 Writing recipes Smoothies and wraps can be made with many different ingredients. Create your own healthy recipes for smoothies and wraps. Use sequence words when you write the recipe. Share your recipes with your classmates. 5 Sickening Smoothies and Rotten Wraps. Create a recipe for the most unhealthy smoothies and wraps you can think of!

SPEAKING SPOT

se m

6 In small groups, explain how to make something you know how to cook. Use sequence words in your explanation.

VOCABULARY

gs ek

7 Sequence words Find the missing sequence words from the recipe.

___ spread a thin layer of cream cheese on the tortillas. ___ arrange three slices of smoked salmon on each. ___ put three slices of cucumber on each piece of salmon. ___ put a thin layer of scrambled eggs on top. ___, sprinkle a small handful of rocket over everything.

TASKS

WRITING WORKSHOP

8 Food idioms If something is a piece of cake it means it is very easy. Find the missing word in each food idiom from the list below.

cucumber peanuts potato bananas nuts peas

cake sardines noodle tea beans apple

Eating healthy is a piece of cake!

Healthy and Happy

That is so easy! It is a piece of cake. He is a bad ___; you should stay away from him. Mom will go ___ when she see the mess we’ve made. The twins are like two ___ in a pod. He bought the computer for almost nothing; it cost him ___. He is always on the sofa watching TV. What a couch ___! They packed us into the subway like ___; we could hardly move. She looks cool as a ___ in this heat. Opera is not my cup of ___, so I’ll stay home. Please do not spill the ___ about the surprise party. What you are saying is crazy! Have you gone ___? Use your ___ to figure out the problem.

a b c d e f g h i j k l

CREATIVE CORNER

gs ek

se m

9 Work with a partner. Write all the food idioms from task 8 on cards or pieces of paper. Place the cards upside down. One of you picks up a card and mimes the idiom. The other one tries to guess which idiom it is. Take turns miming the food idioms until you have used all the cards.

LANGUAGE LAB

10 British and American English These are foods with different names in British and American English. Match the British and American words.

British English aubergine biscuits chips chocolate bar crisps jelly maize prawns pudding sweets

American English shrimp dessert french fries cookies eggplant candy corn jello potato chips candy bar

Healthy and Happy

STARTING POINT

Work with a partner. Role-play a typical argument between a parent and teen.

Nicola Morgan (1961–) is a British writer. She wrote the book Blame My Brain to explain how the teenage brain works.

NICOLA MORGAN

Powerful Emotions gs ek

Matt’s parents are worried about him. He used to be a model pupil but recently his grades have slipped. He is moody, spends a lot of time in his room, and listens to dreadful music with lyrics which are negative, depressed and frankly weird. He has posters of Kurt Cobain around his room and when his mum asked politely why he liked Kurt Cobain his answer was: “Because, like, he killed himself and that is just SO neat.” “Unlike your room,” she joked, trying not to react. “God, Mum, you’re always going on. Just leave me alone!” he shouted, giving her an odd manic glare. Was he on drugs? she wondered. Anyway, yes, so they are worried about him. They only want him to be happy. And safe. And nice to them. And successful. And an A-grade student. And get a brilliant job. And score more goals than anyone else in the inter-schools football tournament when everyone is watching. Yes, they are worried about Matt. But it’s only because they care. It’s a tough world out there and how will he get on if he shouts at his parents? Will he shout at his employers too? Will he be a complete failure? It’s enough to drive a mother to breaking point herself. So, this evening, Matt’s mum has decided to have a little chat. Just a relaxing chat about nothing in particular. A

Remember! You don’t have to understand all the words in a story to enjoy it.

Meet Matt. And his mum. There is an emotional war going on. And neither of them knows why.

se m

“I hate you – oh, and by the way, can I have some money?”

argument krangel recently i det siste slipped falt moody humørsyk dreadful fryktelig lyrics tekster neat kult react reagere going on maser odd rart glare blikk employers arbeidsgivere failure taper breaking point bristepunkt chat prat

gs ek

se m

Healthy and Happy

chance to do some mother-son bonding. She’s going to go into his room and ask how his day was. No pressure. She knocks on the door. No reply. Again, louder. No reply. So she turns the handle, at the same time calling his name. The room is quite dark. There’s a smell of incense. But she will ignore that. It’s quite a nice smell, actually. Soothing. Though no amount of dry-cleaning will ever get it out of the curtains. And she made those curtains herself, sewed till her

bonding tid sammen pressure press handle dørhåndtak incense røkelse soothing beroligende dry-cleaning rens curtains gardiner

Healthy and Happy

gs ek

se m

fingers bled, to make the house look beautiful, and what does Matt care? She pushes aside the shiver of teethgrinding irritation. “Matt,” she calls. He is lying on his bed, eyes closed, headphones wrapped around his head, drumming the beat on his mattress. His homework is lying open on the desk. Peering through the gloom, she reads the title: “To what extent was Macbeth’s downfall within his control?” He has written two lines so far: “In the play Macbeth by William Shakespeare, Macbeth has a very tragic downfall. It was entirely the witches’ fault because they shouldn’t of ever said what they said.” Crammed into the margin are detailed doodles and when she looks closely she sees they are dozens of hangman’s nooses all entwined together. She moves the burning incense to a safer place and accidentally kicks over a can of Coke on the floor. Matt opens his eyes. “Mum! What the hell are you doing? This is my room! Get out! OK?” “Yes, sorry, Matt. I did knock.” “Yeah, well, knock louder next time.” “I just thought I’d come and ask how your day was. Can I get you anything? I could bring you some tea or something. It’s quite a good idea to drink tea while you’re doing your homework. Relaxing and stimulating at the same time.” “Yeah, well, I’m not doing homework, am I?” “Don’t you think you should finish this essay?” she says, pointing at the almost empty page. Matt rips his headphones off and with exaggerated effort hauls himself to his feet. He is six inches taller than his mum and looking down on her is a great feeling. “Look, butt out, Mum. It doesn’t need to be done for ages.” “When?” “Like, days. I don’t know, Friday or something.” “Don’t you even know?” “Yes, it’s written down. It’s under control. I’m not stupid, you know.” “Well, OK, but how about doing some other homework then? There must be something that needs to be done for tomorrow. It’s a good idea to try to be ahead of things, Matt. Don’t you get weekly French tests? I could test you or something. It’s so much easier to learn when someone tests you.” She picks up a book from a pile on the floor.

gloom halvmørke downfall undergang entirely helt crammed proppful doodles kruseduller hangman bøddelen nooses løkker entwined omslynget accidentally tilfeldigvis exaggerated overdrevet effort innsats hauls himself heiser seg butt out ikke bry deg pile haug

Healthy and Happy

gs ek

se m

You can almost see the electricity fizzing through Matt’s body. You can see the anger in his clenched muscles and his thunderous face. “Put it down, Mum. Leave me alone! I’ll do it by myself. You don’t know any French anyway.” “Well, if you will do it on your own, fine, Matt. But will you? That’s what I want to know!” “Oh, right, so you don’t trust me now?” “Well, I want to trust you. But how can I trust you after last week, when I found that message in your notebook from Mrs Legless saying you hadn’t done your homework?” “That was just once!” “And the week before? Mr Golightly?” “That was because you made me do the ****** housework!” “No, Matt. You have your chores to do at the weekend and you know the deal is that if you don’t do them then, you have to do them during the week.” “It’s unfair. No one else has to do chores. Why does the house have to be so bloody tidy anyway? What are you? A cleaning obsessive? Even my friends think this house is weird cos it’s so clean. There’s medical treatment for people like you – I was reading about it the other day. There’s even a name for it. It’s a mental disorder. You should see a doctor.” “That’s enough, Matt!” shouts his mother. “Don’t speak to me like that!” A voice shouts irritably from downstairs. Matt’s dad. “What’s going on, you two? Keep the noise down, for goodness’ sake! I can’t hear myself think.” Matt looks at his mum triumphantly. She fumes, betrayed, furious. And it had all started with her offering to help. She picks up some dirty socks and leaves the room. Matt slams the door. “Don’t slam the door!” she shouts. “Get out of my life!” he yells back. Five minutes later he comes downstairs. “There’s a party at someone’s house on Saturday. Not sure where. I need new jeans. Can I have some money?” This is an extract from the book Blame My Brain.

clenched knyttede trust ha tillit til chores plikter unfair urettferdig obsessive besatt treatment behandling disorder lidelse fumes er sint betrayed sviktet

Healthy and Happy

1 a b c d e

Answer the questions. Why are Matt’s parents worried? What do they want for Matt? Why does his mum go into his room this evening? What is Matt doing when she comes in? Why does Matt need money?

VIEWPOINTS Discuss the questions. Why do you think Matt’s grades have dropped? What goes wrong when Matt’s mother comes to his room? How can Matt and his mother improve their communication? What do you think happens next? Do you think Matt’s parents should give him the money? e Do you ever argue with your parents? What do you argue about? How do the arguments usually end?

gs ek

se m

2 a b c d

SPEAKING SPOT

Finish these sentences about yourself. If I am told to clean my room, I ... If I get a bad grade on a test, I ... If I argue with my parents, and I know deep down that I am wrong, I ... d If I were my mother/father, I would ...

3 a b c

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

WRITING WORKSHOP 4 Matt writes a message to a friend about the situation with his mother. Write this message.

CREATIVE CORNER 5 Role-play the scene in Matt’s room. 6 Role-play what happens when Matt comes downstairs and asks for money.

Healthy and Happy

LANGUAGE LAB 7 Prepositions Find the correct prepositions in these sentences from the text.

into

off

under

It is under control. His parents are worried ___ him. There is a party ___ someone’s house on Saturday. She is going to go ___ his room. She knocks ___ the door. Matt rips his headphones ___. He hauls himself ___ his feet. Get ___ of my life!

se m

a b c d e f g h

out

about

since

for

until

after

ago

My birthday is in November.

gs ek

8 Prepositions Work with a partner. Take turns making sentences about yourselves with these prepositions of time:

I got up at 7:15 this morning.

I will be 14 by the end of the month.

Healthy and Happy

JAMES MARSHALL

The Sweet Tooth pl

James Mar shall (1942–1992) was an American illustrator and writer.

gs ek

se m

George had a sweet tooth. He just couldn’t stop himself from eating sweets. “You know what they say about too much sugar,” said Martha. “Let’s not discuss it,” said George. Late at night, George would raid the refrigerator to satisfy his sweet tooth. “You’ll weigh a ton,” said Martha. “Let’s not discuss it,” said George. “This calls for action!” said Martha. And she lighted up a cigar. “Stop that!” cried George. “You’ll make yourself sick!” “Let’s not discuss it,” said Martha. “You’ll ruin your teeth!” cried George. “We won’t discuss it,” said Martha. “Please!!” cried George. “You’re ruining your health.” “No discussion,” said Martha. Martha began to turn a peculiar color. George couldn’t stand it any longer, and he fell to his knees. “I’ll do anything you say!” he begged. “Will you cut down on your sweets?” said Martha. “I promise,” said George. And Martha put out her cigar.

STARTING POINT

George has a sweet tooth. That means he likes to eat sugary foods. Draw a large picture of a tooth. Inside the tooth, make a list of foods that you think George likes to eat.

sweet tooth godtemoms, godtegris raid plyndre refrigerator kjøleskap ruin ødelegge peculiar merkelig couldn’t stand it klarte ikke mer begged bønnfalte

gs ek

se m

Healthy and Happy

1 a b c d e

Answer the questions. What can’t George stop himself from doing? What does Martha say will happen? What does Martha do? How does George react? What does George promise Martha?

VIEWPOINTS

Discuss the questions. Why does George say “Let’s not discuss it”? Why does Martha light up a cigar? Why does George fall to his knees? Why is it a good idea to cut down on sweets?

CREATIVE CORNER

se m

2 a b c d

gs ek

3 Role-play the story with a partner. Can you memorize your lines?

WRITING WORKSHOP

4 Imagine that George is doing something else that is bad for his health. Martha finds another way to make him stop. Re-write the story.

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

LANGUAGE LAB 5 Conditional tense Finish these sentences. a If you eat too much sugar, you will ruin your teeth. b If you watch too much TV, you will ... c If you tease your sister, she will ... d If you scare the baby, he will ... e If you stay in the sun too long, you will ... f If you bring your mother flowers, she will ... g If you tickle your brother, he will ... h If you tell lies, no one will ...

Healthy and Happy

6 Make five of your own If you ... sentences. 7 Reported speech Punctuate and capitalize these lines from the story correctly. a lets not discuss it said george b this calls for action said martha c stop that cried george youll make yourself sick d ill do anything you say he begged e will you cut down on your sweets said martha

se m

gs ek

Use question marks at the end of questions. Vu

! ?

Use exclamation marks to show emphasis or surprise.

Healthy and Happy

gs ek

se m

In an emergency situation, what you do or don’t do could mean the difference between life and death. A friend who has passed out could choke to death on his or her tongue or vomit. If someone is unconscious and breathing you should put them in the recovery position to prevent choking. Then call 113 for help if you are in Norway.

The Recovery Position 1 First check for consciousness and breathing. Shake the patient gently. Ask if he or she can hear you. Look to see if the patient’s chest is moving. Listen and feel for breathing on your cheek. If the patient is unconscious but breathing, put him or her in the recovery position.

unconscious bevisstløs recovery position stabilt sideleie emergency krise passed out bevisstløs choke to death kveles vomit oppkast unconscious bevisstløs CPR hjerte- og lungeredning consciousness bevissthet chest bryst cheek kinnet right angle rett vinkel opposite motsatte support støtte slightly litt blanket teppe

Learn the Recovery Position

STARTING POINT

It is Saturday night, and you and your friends are at a party. Suddenly a boy falls to the floor, unconscious. What should you do? What might happen if you do nothing?

2 Lay the patient on his back and place the arm nearest you at a right angle.

Healthy and Happy

3 Move the other arm so the hand is on the opposite cheek. Then pull up the knee of the leg on the same side until the foot is flat on the floor.

gs ek

se m

4 Pull the knee towards you and then gently roll the victim to his or her side. Position the leg at a right angle to support the body. Make sure the patient keeps breathing by moving the head back slightly.

5 Call 113 for help. 6 Stay with the patient until help arrives. Place a blanket or coat over him to keep him or her warm. Check often for breathing.

Healthy and Happy

1 Answer the questions. a What should you do if someone is unconscious and breathing? b How can the recovery position save someone’s life? c What number should you call in a medical emergency in Norway? d What may someone who is unconscious and not breathing need?

VIEWPOINTS

gs ek

se m

2 Discuss the questions. a Why is it important to know first aid? b Have you ever used first aid to help someone? What happened? c Have you ever called 113? Why? d Where can you take a first aid course?

CREATIVE CORNER

3 Recovery position role play Practice the recovery position with a partner. Take turns playing the patient.

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

In an emergency:

S T CALM Y

Healthy and Happy

VOCABULARY 4 First aid vocabulary a Match the word and the picture. Use a dictionary if you need to.

band aid (US)/ plaster (UK)

se m

sterile pads

gs ek

tape scissors elastic bandage safety pin

b Explain to a partner how or when you should use the things in task a. c Translate the English words to Norwegian.

Healthy and Happy

5 Prepositions Describe what you see in this picture. Use these prepositions of place:

in front of

between

near

above

below

gs ek

se m

next to

TASKS 56

LANGUAGE LAB

SPEAKING SPOT

6 Stand up if ... Sit in a circle. Your teacher will call out different situations. If you know what to do, stand up. Then explain what to do. Stand up if you know what to do if someone ... • has passed out, but is breathing • is choking on a piece of food • catches fire • has been bitten by a poisonous snake • has a bad burn • has alcohol poisoning • has frostbite • is bleeding badly • has broken a leg

Healthy and Happy

WRITING WORKSHOP 7 Write first aid instructions on how to take care of a minor cut. Use sequence words:

first

then

after last

8 Medical Emergency! Write a story called “Medical Emergency” in groups of six. Each person starts the story on a piece of paper, then folds it over to hide what they have written before sending it on to the next person. Without reading what the first person has written, the next person continues the story. Then that person folds over their part and sends it on.

DIGITAL DIVE

gs ek

se m

Follow this formula: Person 1: Where does the story take place? Person 2: Who is there? Person 3: What are people doing and saying? Person 4: What is the medical emergency? What happens? Person 5: How do people react? Person 6: How does the story end?

9 Go online to find out how to give CPR. Take notes on what you find. Then explain the procedure to a partner.

Someone who is unconscious and not breathing may need CPR (cardiopulmonary resuscitation). Do you know how to give CPR?

Healthy and Happy

STARTING POINT

Some people feel pressure to wear expensive designer clothes to school. Can you think of reasons why? Discuss in groups.

Rachel Vail (1966–) is an American author who writes books for kids and teens.

RACHEL VAIL

gs ek

Remember! You don’t have to understand all the words in a story to enjoy it.

I jumped down from the toilet and turned on the hot water full blast. I soaked my washcloth in the steaming water until my palms burned, then pressed it onto my face. I breathed in through the wet heat. After a few splashes of cold water, I dried my face, took one more deep breath, and attempted a smile. I hoped nobody would be able to tell I’d been crying. Mom gasped happily when I stepped out of the bathroom. “Oh, it fits perfectly! Boys, look at Dori!” She pulled me out to the deck and I twirled around, not trusting myself to speak, as my brothers complimented me in my new shirt. “Cute, Dori.” “Looks good.” I looked up at my dad, who was slouched in his chair, watching us. “You look beautiful, sweetheart,” he said. I tried to say thank you, but only the “thank” came out. I pressed my lips together and counted to 210 by 7s, trying to calm myself with math. Of course, math is what got me into this in the first place. My troubles started a few days ago. My mom had come home between shifts at the diner. I was busy with my math homework. She sat down next to me and put her swollen feet up on the kitchen table. Mom tries to come home between shifts whenever she can, although she doesn’t really need to. My oldest brother is in charge while she’s at work, and as for me, I am old enough to keep myself out of trouble. I just do

se m

Good Enough

good enough bra nok full blast full styrke soaked gjøre gjennomvåt palms håndflatene attempted forsøkte gasped gispet deck terrassen twirled snurret it fits den passer complimented ga kompliment slouched satt hengslengt diner restaurant swollen hovne shift vakt in charge ha ansvaret

gs ek

se m

Healthy and Happy

homework or read. I have never in my whole life caused trouble. Well, until now. And this trouble was just for myself. “So, have you thought of what you want for your birthday yet?” I remember Mom asking. I rested my forehead in the space between my thumb and my index finger, leaning in closer to the math problem I was trying to figure out. “Come on,” she urged, after a gulp of her iced tea. “I gotta get back to work. What are you really hoping for?” “An Orion shirt,” I mumbled, still trying to focus on my math. It was the first week of school, and it was important to me to make a good start, to not fall behind. “What’s an Orion shirt?” Mom asked enthusiastically.

forehead panne index finger pekefinger urged spurte inngående, hale ut av noen

Healthy and Happy

gs ek

se m

I shook my head. I hadn’t meant to say anything. I erased the column of numbers I’d been working on. “Tell me,” Mom said, giving me a nudge with her iced-tea glass. “What’s an Orion shirt? I’ve never heard of that. Don’t chew on your lips, Dori, they get so chapped.” I let my lip slip out of my teeth and said quietly, “It’s nothing, just a kind of shirt.” “That everybody wears?” I shrugged, then nodded, and dusted my eraser crumbs away instead of looking at her. “They’re just, you know, soft cotton, like knit. With a collar. And on the left collar, there are three little black stars.” “Oh, yeah,” Mom said cheerfully. “I’ve seen a lot of the girls wearing those at the diner. They’re ‘the thing’ this year?” I shrugged. “Yeah, but they’re expensive.” “Oh.” Mom stood up and kissed me on the top of my head. “Well, maybe the strike will end soon.” “Maybe,” I said. My father’s union had been on strike since July, more than two months already. Every day, my mother told me maybe it would end soon. We hadn’t even gone shopping for school supplies, our annual tradition the weekend before school starts. I was still using last year’s QRWHERRNV WU\LQJ WR ZULWH VPDOO í WR QRW XVH WRR PXFK SDSHU “I don’t really want an Orion shirt,” I told her as she rinsed her glass. “I was just kidding. What I’d really like is, um, maybe a package of colored pencils. You know, the eight pack, like in AJ’s store.” I knew my brother AJ could get them for a 40 percent discount at the stationery store where he works after school. “We’ll see,” Mom said, leaving. “I’d better hustle.” The only reason the Orion shirt had entered my mind was that Lisa Verilli has the locker next to mine again this year. Every morning I hear her and Carleen and their friends FRPSOLPHQWLQJ HDFK RWKHU RQ WKHLU 2ULRQ VKLUWV í DQG RQ their hair, their homework, their ice-skating, their singing, everything. 7KH\ DUH SROLWH JLUOV DQG SUHWW\ í QHYHU UHDOO\ RXWZDUGO\ mean, at least not to me. Lisa even whispers “hi” to me sometimes. She gave me half a hug the first day of school this year. But mostly she doesn’t notice me; none of them do. They are the A-group, the most popular girls in school.

erased visket ut nudge dult chapped sprukne nodded nikket eraser crumbs viskelærsmuler collar krage expensive kostbar union fagforening school supplies skolemateriell annual årlig discount avslag, rabatt stationary store papirhandel hustle skynde seg locker skap mean ubehagelig, slem

Healthy and Happy

gs ek

se m

made me feel bad. I shrugged, to show I don’t care about surface things like what I wear, and walked away. e But later, when I was at the kitchen table with my mother and her iced tea, I was thinking about myself in an Orion shirt. e I was imagining how it would feel to get one

I am in no group at all. I do my work, and I go home. Although they are as polite with one another as grown-up ladies, the A-group scares me a little. The day Mom was asking me what I wanted for my n the A group had birthday, Lisa and Carleen and the others in A-group s they had gotten been comparing which colors of Orion shirts eemed to be the to start the school year. Yellow and white seemed ntion. But after top two. Though I wasn’t paying close attention. ound myself I closed my locker, I turned my head and found eye to eye with Lisa. ng in the She flicked her eyes down my body, taking all on it, hand-me-down T-shirt with the faded football roy from my brother Cal, and the brown, corduroy wn. shorts gathered up by a belt AJ had outgrown. at Lisa smiled sympathetically, which is what

of those purring compliments: “Oh, Dori! That’s the exact Orion shirt I wanted! But it looks much better on you.” I was fantasizing what it might feel like, to look good enough. On the night of my birthday, we cooked out QG D LQ WKH EDFN\DUG í KRW GRJV P\ IDYRULWH DQG D

white cake with chocolate frosting. My little brother, Nate, whispered to me, “There is a big, w on it, beautiful present with a card with a rainbow .” I but don’t tell anybody, because it’s a secret.” as so promised I wouldn’t tell anybody, but he was om let excited he couldn’t even eat his cake; so Mom him give me the presents. There were two, held together with a yellow ribbon. On top was a card made by Nate. It had a drawing of a girl with long, long hair, much longer than mine, standing beneath a rainbow. On the % LQVLGH LW VDLG '25, í +33< %'$< 8 5 7+( % est.” That’s Nate’s way of writing “You are the best.” He’s only 4-and-a-half.

comparing sammenlikne corduroy cordfløyel frosting glasur excited spent ribbon sløyfe, bånd

Healthy and Happy

gs ek

se m

I let him tear open the small present. It was a box of colored pencils, the eight pack. I hugged them and said thanks, and wondered for a second what the big box could be. Until I realized. I tore open the wrapping paper and saw that in that box was a shirt. A soft, knit shirt with a collar. And on the left collar, three little black ... hearts. My stomach dropped. It was a fake, a cheap imitation, with hearts instead of stars. It was still too expensive, probably, for my mother to be buying for me this year. And it was worse than no Orion shirt at all. It was the fakeness that was so awful. I’d rather wear my brother’s old T-shirts. At least they are what they are, and don’t try to be anything else. I held up the fake shirt for everybody to see, while my mother explained that it was an Orion shirt, the hottest trend of the year for the girls in my class. I chewed on my lip, and she didn’t stop me. I gave her and my dad kisses, thanked them for the presents, and quickly helped clean up all the wrapping and paper plates so I wouldn’t have to look at anybody. But when I got back outside, there was Mom, holding up the shirt, saying, “Go try it on, Dori. Let’s see how it looks!” So I went obediently to the bathroom, tried it on, cried at my reflection, modeled it for the family, then headed straight for my room. I peeled it off and put on a comfortable old pair of pajamas. I folded the shirt, placed it neatly in my drawer, and closed the drawer tight. When Mom said I should come watch TV with everybody, I yelled down that I was tired and had to finish reading a book for school the next day. Mom came up. “Hey, birthday girl,” she said. I kept reading. “Your new shirt is going to look great with your brown corduroys.” I opened my mouth to protest, but no words came. Just shame. Shame at not being able to afford the real thing, a rehearsal shame for the real shame I knew I’d feel when Lisa and Carleen and the others in the A-group saw me the next morning at the lockers. I could see myself standing there wearing a fake, a wish-Ihad-what-you-have-but-I-can’t-afford-it imitation shirt. Not good enough. I turned away while my mother tucked the blanket tight around me. “You are so loved,” she whispered. At the lockers early in the morning, Lisa looked at me, not unkindly. But then Carleen yanked on Lisa’s yellow Orion

fake uekte imitation etterligning awful forferdelig explained forklarte obediently lydig reflection speilbilde shame skam afford ha råd til rehearsal øvelse yanked nappet

Healthy and Happy

gs ek

se m

sleeve and whispered in her ear. I hung on to my locker and waited. I tasted the salty tear that slipped out by accident. I raised my eyes to meet Lisa’s. “New shirt?” she asked. I nodded, and another tear fell, this one plunking straight down onto my arm. Carleen taunted, “Is it an Orion?” I shook my head and kept on crying, ready for the humiliation and punishment I knew I deserved. “No,” I blubbered, ashamed, “it’s a fake.” When I blinked, the tears stopped. I suddenly couldn’t believe that I, of all people, would be standing in the middle of the hallway, crying about a shirt. These tears are what I should be ashamed of, I realized, not the shirt, not hearts instead of stars. The eyebrows of the A-group were all raised. I touched the bottom hem of my new shirt. It felt very soft. I imagined my mother standing at the display at the Price Club. I pictured her rubbing the material, adding up how much it would cost with tax, how much it would subtract from how little we had. Then I imagined her picking up the shirt anyway and carrying it proudly to the checkout for her daughter. You are so loved, I heard in my head. A fake? Depends what’s real, I guess. I smiled at the A-group and told them, “But it’s the best present I ever got.” I walked away feeling good enough.

sleeve erme taunted hånte humiliation ydmykelse punishment straff deserved fortjente blubbered sutret adding up legge sammen tax skatt, moms subtract trekke fra real ekte

Healthy and Happy

1 a b c d e f g

Answer the questions. Why is Dori in the bathroom washing her face? Why hasn’t Dori’s family gone shopping for school supplies this year? Why does Dori want an Orion shirt? What does she get for her birthday? What does her mother say when she tucks the blanket around Dori? Why does she cry in front of the other girls at school? Why does she stop crying?

VIEWPOINTS

TEXT ANALYSIS

gs ek

se m

2 Discuss the questions. a Dori says she has “never in her whole life caused trouble”. What does this tell you about her? b What is the A-group and how do you feel about them? c Why does Dori feel so bad about the fake Orion shirt at first? d Why does Dori change her mind about the shirt? Why does it become the best present she ever got? e What does the Orion shirt represent to Dori in the beginning and what does her fake shirt represent to her at the end?

3 Answer the questions for analysis. Narrator: Who tells the story? Setting: Where and when does the story take place? Characters: Who is the story about? Plot: What happens in the story? Conflict: What is the problem? Theme: What is the story really about?

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

4 First sentences Copy the first sentence of the story. Does the sentence tell about setting, characters or both? Does the writer use a first person or third person narrator? Find word clues.

Healthy and Happy

CREATIVE CORNER 5 Make a role-play about a teenager who is trying to convince a parent to buy something that everyone else has. You choose what that something is.

WRITING WORKSHOP 6 Write a thank you note from Dori to her mother.

SPEAKING SPOT

LANGUAGE LAB

gs ek

se m

7 Giving compliments Move around the classroom and give each other compliments. You can use expressions like the ones below or make up your own. – You are really kind to people around you. – You always know just what to say. – You are an awesome friend. – I like your style. – You have the best laughter. – You have a great sense of humor. – You are a great listener. – That color is perfect on you. – You are so thoughtful.

8 Regular verbs past tense Write the correct simple past tense form of the verb in brackets. I jumped (jump) down from the toilet and ___ (turn) on the hot water full blast. I ___ (soak) my washcloth in the steaming water until my palms ___ (burn), then ___ (press) it onto my face. I ___ (breathe) in through the wet heat. After a few splashes of cold water, I ___ (dry) my face, ___ (take) one more deep breath, and ___ (attempt) a smile. I ___ (hope) nobody would be able to tell I’d been crying. Mom ___ (gasp) happily when I ___ (step) out of the bathroom. “Oh, it fits perfectly! Boys, look at Dori!” She ___ (pull) me out to the deck and I ___ (twirl) around, not trusting myself to speak, as my brothers ___ (compliment) me in my new shirt.

Healthy and Happy

Kitty O’Meara is an American writer and retired teacher.

This poem was written in the spring of 2020, during the coronavirus pandemic. At the time, most of the world was in lockdown. O’Meara’s message of hope and healing went viral on social media. Her words gave people comfort.

gs ek

se m

In the Time of Pandemic in

The word viral comes from the word virus. When something goes viral on the internet, it spreads like a virus.

And the people stayed home. And they listened, and read books, and rested, and exercised, and made art, and played games, and learned new ways of being, and were still. And they listened more deeply. Some meditated, some prayed, some danced. Some met their shadows. And the people began to think differently. And the people healed. And, in the absence of people living in ignorant, dangerous, and heartless ways, the earth began to heal. And when the danger passed, and the people joined together again, they grieved their losses, and made new choices, and dreamed new images, and created new ways to live and heal the earth fully, as they had been healed.

prayed ba healed ble helbredet in the absence of i fravær av ignorant uvitende the danger passed faren gikk over grieved their losses sørget over det de hadde tapt

KITTY O’MEARA

STARTING POINT

Describe the photo on page 53. Write 2–3 sentences.

Healthy and Happy

gs ek

se m

TASKS

Answer the questions. Who are “the people”? Why did the people stay home? What did the people do? What happened after the danger passed? What had healed?

1 a b c d e

UNDERSTANDING

VIEWPOINTS 2 a b c

Answer the questions. What do you think the line “Some met their shadows” means? Why do you think people started “to think differently”? In what “ignorant, dangerous, and heartless ways” do you think the people were living before? d What new ways to live do you think the people will choose now? e Is the poem optimistic or pessimistic about the future of planet earth? f In what ways does the earth need to heal? g What do you think is the message of the poem?

Healthy and Happy

LANGUAGE LAB – PREPOSITIONS 3 Copy the text and fill in the missing prepositions. Choose from the list below.

after

with

around

WRITING WORKSHOP

se m

The coronavirus pandemic is the worst global health crisis ___ recent history. ___ the virus emerged ___ China ___ late 2019, it quickly spread ___ the world, ___ millions of cases and thousands ___ deaths. Countries raced to slow the spread ___ the virus ___ testing and treating patients, limiting travel, and cancelling large gatherings such as sporting events, concerts and schools. People had to practice “social distancing” and wash their hands regularly ___ soap and water.

gs ek

4 Write 1–2 paragraphs about the impact of the corona lockdown on you. Here are some questions to get you going. • Where were you when you heard about the lockdown? Who told you? What did they say? • How did you react? What did you say and do? What were your thoughts? What did people around you say and do? • How did your life change during lockdown? What was positive? What was negative? • What did you learn from the lockdown? • How did you feel when the lockdown ended? What are your fears and hopes for the future?

TASKS

CREATIVE CORNER 5 Choose one of the tasks. a Make a video presentation of the poem, using text, images, and audio. b Make a poster of the poem, using text and images. c Draw an illustration for one of the lines from the poem. Include the line of text on your drawing. d Rewrite the poem in Norwegian or another language you know.

Healthy and Happy

pl se m

Tips for giving a speech: • Make eye contact with your audience • Speak loudly and clearly • Speak slowly enough • Choose a topic you care about • Practice makes perfect

1 Choose one of these topics and give a speech. Use the structure of a 5-paragraph text: introduction, three main points, and a conclusion. • Advice for new pupils • My idols • How to be a good friend • Staying healthy

gs ek

2 Tell about a medical emergency that you ou witnessed. Work in pairs or groups. • What happened? • Where were you? • When did it happen? • Who was there? • What did you do? • How did it go?

WRITING PRACTICE 3 It is Saturday night, and you and your friends are at a party. Suddenly a boy falls to the floor, unconscious. Write the story. 4 Create a text on how to stay healthy and happy. Use examples from your own life. 5 Create a text for parents with advice about how they should treat their teenager. 6 Think about a time when you had a good, long laugh. Write about what happened. 7 Write an article for a newspaper about young people, clothes and peer pressure. 8 Create a text where you reflect on what the coronavirus pandemic has meant to you, to someone you know, or to people in general.

SPEAK & WRITE

ORAL PRACTICE

Healthy and Happy

Online dictionaries

En preposisjon er et ord som forteller om sted eller tid. She is in the garden. The train leaves at 5 o’clock.

British English: dictionary.cambridge.org

Det kan være vanskelig å lære seg hvilken preposisjon vi skal bruke. Hvis du f.eks. er usikker på om det heter «at school» eller «on school», kan du slå opp ordet «school» i en ordbok. Da vil du få opp eksempelsetninger som viser at det heter «at school».

American English: merriam-webster.com

gs ek

Translate these phrases to English. på arbeid om ettermiddagen på flyplassen en gave til deg til salgs på samme tid

1 a b c d e f

se m

FINNE RIKTIG PREPOSISJON FINDING THE CORRECT PREPOSITION

STEDSPREPOSISJONER PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE

LANGUAGE WORK

PREPOSISJONER PREPOSITIONS

Her er noen av de vanligste stedspreposisjonene: at

Specific place or event Et bestemt sted eller hendelse

Enclosed space (inside) Surface (on top of) Innenfor et avgrenset område På, oppå

at home

in the garden

on the road

at work

in my mind

on the bike

at school

in the kitchen

on the roof

at 321 Sunrise Ave.

in the classroom

on Sunrise Avenue

at the airport

in the car

on Mars

at someone’s house

in my room

on the menu

at a party

in the building

on the way

Healthy and Happy

2 Find the correct preposition. Use an online dictionary if you need help. a Ali is at home. b Your sister is ___ the kitchen. c Look at the bird ___ the roof! d Last night there was a fox ___ the garden. e My parents were ___ a party and I was ___ my room. f Why aren’t you ___ school? g Let’s see what is ___ the menu. h Dad, are you ___ the living room? i No, I am ___ the bathroom.

gs ek

se m

Disse stedspreposisjonene bør du kunne:

BEHIND

ABOVE

IN FRONT OF

BETWEEN

NEAR

UNDER

BESIDE

Healthy and Happy

For instance: Kevin sits next to me. The clock is above the whiteboard. 4 Work with a partner and take turns. One person thinks of an object in the picture below. The other person asks yes/no questions to find out which object it is.

gs ek

se m

Is it near the lamp? Is it on the desk?

LANGUAGE WORK

3 Use each of the prepositions of place in sentences about something that you can see in the classroom.

Healthy and Happy

TIDSPREPOSISJONER PREPOSITIONS OF TIME time meals holidays age parts of the day

at at at at at

5 o’clock lunch Christmas the age of 12 noon

parts of the day with the months years centuries seasons

in in in in in

the morning March 2012 the 3rd century spring

weekdays dates specific days

on Monday on the 23rd on Christmas Day

gs ek

Find the correct preposition. My birthday is in November. I will be there ___ four o’clock. ___ the winter I like to go skiing. I like to get up early ___ the morning. See you ___ Saturday! I started school ___ the age of five. The English test is ___ the 20th of April. We will visit Grandma again ___ the spring. I saw Mum ___ breakfast. Her birthday is ___ Monday. In Norway, we open Christmas presents ___ Christmas Eve.

5 a b c d e f g h i j k

se m

Her er noen vanlige uttrykk med tidspreposisjoner:

Andre tidspreposisjoner du bør kunne er since, for, until, by og after. Her er noen eksempler på hvordan de brukes: I haven’t seen my cousin since last year. She has lived in Australia for two years. She won’t come home until next summer. She needs to be home by August, because her sister is getting married. I don’t think she will go back to Australia after the wedding. 6 Translate the sentences above to Norwegian.

Healthy and Happy

Hun flyttet til England for to år siden. She moved to England two years ago. Det er ikke noe «for» i det engelske uttrykket.

Translate these sentences to English. Vi kom hit for fem år siden. Jeg spurte læreren for to timer siden. Han sendte brevet for tre uker siden. Ringte du meg for fem minutter siden?

7 a b c d

gs ek

se m

8 Do you know the difference? Make a sentence with each of these time expressions to show you know the difference: • two days ago • for two days • in two days

9 Find the correct preposition a There is nobody here. Everyone is ___ the garden, except Dad, who is ___ work. He left ___ 6.30 this morning. After work, he will pick up my uncle ___ the airport. They will be home for dinner ___ 7 o’clock this evening. b My birthday is ___ the summer. It is ___ the 12th of July. My family and I are usually ___ vacation ___ my birthday. I have celebrated my birthday ___ four different countries. Last summer we went ___ Italy ___ three weeks. Two years ___, I celebrated in Sweden.

LANGUAGE WORK

Ago Utrykk med ago bør du merke deg spesielt. Se på forskjellen mellom norsk og engelsk:

Healthy and Happy

BINDEORD LINKING WORDS

th en

I dette skrivekurset skal du øve på å bruke bindeord.

rs fi

se m

1 Work in pairs. Tell each other about what you did yesterday, using five of the sequence words above.

gs ek

2 Write a description of how to cook your favourite meal, using at least five sequence words.

na l

First, whisk the eggs and the sugar. Next, add the milk and a pinch of salt. Finally, add the flour and whisk to a smooth batter.

ER fi

Noen bindeord kan brukes for å fortelle hvilken rekkefølge noe skjer i. Disse bindeordene kan vi også kalle rekkefølgeord, eller sequence words.

LAT

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 1

This writing lesson teaches you • to use linking words • to write a five-paragraph text

Healthy and Happy

My parents had every reason to be upset with me. I had forgotten to do my chores. I had also started an argument with my brother that morning. In addition, I had spent all my birthday money on sweets. Yet Mum seemed cheerful and smiled at me when I came home. What was going on?

And og but er vanlige bindeord i muntlig språk. Disse kan brukes skriftlig også, men når vi skriver bør vi helst unngå And ... eller But ... i starten av setninger, spesielt i formelle tekster. Noen ganger kan vi bare stryke dem, andre ganger passer det best å erstatte dem med mer presise bindeord.

Addition Also In addition Another Moreover Furthermore

gs ek

Example For example For instance

Comparison As Just as Like Not only ... but also Similarly

Order and sequence First ... second ... third First ... then ... next ... finally Then ... now ... soon ... later

se m

Her er en liste over nyttige bindeord som kan skape sammenheng og flyt i teksten din:

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 1

Bindeord brukes også til å binde en setning til den forrige setningen: I had spent all my money on a gift for my brother. As a result, I had to borrow money for the train ride.

Contrast However On the other hand Yet Though/ even though Although Despite

Result and consequence As a result Therefore So Due to Consequently Thus Conclusion In conclusion To summarise All in all To sum up This means that

Healthy and Happy

3 Find words or expressions to replace and or but. a I had forgotten my best friend’s birthday, but he wasn’t upset. yet b She seemed very happy that my seat was next to hers, and she offered me a piece of chocolate. c The public cheered for their team, but it did not play very well. d He arrived late for the interview, and he didn’t get the job. e Studying in the USA is very expensive, but many Norwegians dream about studying there. g My parents want to buy this house because it is big enough for our family, and the garden is beautiful.

4 Look at and discuss how the text changes when we use linking words to make better connections between the sentences.

gs ek

se m

Many Norwegians study abroad. It is expensive. You can learn a lot. You can learn a language. You get to know a new culture. You make new friends. Many people think it is worth the cost.

Many Norwegians study abroad, even though it is expensive. However, you can learn a lot. One of the things you learn from studying abroad is language. In addition, you get to know a new culture and you also make new friends. Therefore, many people think it is worth the cost.

5 The text below has no linking words. Rewrite the text, focusing on how to make better connections between the sentences by using linking words. Yesterday was the worst day ever! I overslept. I was late for school. The teacher gave me a note. We had a foreign language test which I had forgotten about. My best friend was upset. I forgot that it was her birthday. At lunch she would not talk to me. I got home, it turned out I had left the front door open in the morning. The dog had run away. The neighbour called my mum at work. She had to leave work to go home and take care of it. She was furious. She grounded me for the rest of the week.

Healthy and Happy

I Stages 8 lærte du om femavsnittstekster. Dette er tekster som består av en innledning, en hoveddel med tre avsnitt og en avslutning. 6 Work with a partner. Discuss what is meant by the words hook, thesis and body in the illustration on page 65.

gs ek

se m

7 In Chapter 1, you read a five-paragraph text called “Healthy and Happy”. Go to the text on page 18 and find the following: a the introduction and thesis b the three main points in the body c the topic sentence in the third paragraph d the conclusion

8 Look closely at the second paragraph in “Healthy and Happy”. a What is the topic sentence? b What are the supporting points and examples that come later in the paragraph? c Do you see a connection or link to the topic sentence?

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 1

FEMAVSNITTSTEKSTER FIVE-PARAGRAPH TEXTS

9 Find linking words in the text “Healthy and Happy”. Make a list. How many did you find?

Healthy and Happy

FIVE-PARAGRAPH TEXT ar

1 INTRODUCTION

hook, background information, thesis

gs ek

se m

2 BODY main point 1 + support 3 main point 1 + support 4 main point 1 + support 5 CONCLUSION summarize, clarify, wrap up

Out of This World

se m

gs ek

• reading, writing and speaking about fantasy worlds and the universe • using adverbs • analysing literature and using literary terms

Chapter Focus

CHAPTER 2

Out of This World

gs ek

se m

Out of This World

So long, Mom so long ha det, vi ses the papers avisene fouled up ødelagt acid rain sur nedbør toxic wastes giftig avfall sewage kloakk bright positive eventually etter hvert worth verdt polluted forurenset interplanetary mellom planetene once in a while innimellom

gs ek

UNDERSTANDING

Answer the questions. Why do Calvin and Hobbes decide to leave Earth? Where are they going? How does Calvin’s mother react? How often will they write home? What does Calvin wonder about? What does Hobbes wonder about?

1 a b c d e f

TASKS

se m

Bill Watterson (1958–) is an American cartoonist.

bugs insekter choked up lei seg cleared Earth’s orbit om oss ut av jordas bane realize innse speck prikk infinite reaches of space verdensrommets endeløshet surely det må da være sånn at fits together passer sammen purpose mening zero gravity null tyngdekraft

STARTING POINT

BILL WATTERSON Do you have a favorite comic strip? What do you like about it? If you were a comic strip character, which one would you like to be?

VIEWPOINTS 2 a b c d

Discuss the questions. What is Hobbes? What makes Calvin and Hobbes funny? What do you think Calvin means by “the mysteries of creation”? How is Hobbes different in panels five and six compared to the other panels? Why do you think this is so?

CREATIVE CORNER 3 Draw your own comic strip about space travel. Include at least three panels with speech bubbles.

Out of This World

gs ek

se m

self-esteem selvfølelse nurture pleie

Out of This World

STARTING POINT

CHRIS RIDDELL Do you recognise any of the characters on the sushi conveyor belt?

Alienography – Or How to Spot an Alien Invasion and What to Do About it

Chris Riddell (1962–) is an English illustrator.

se m

True 1 True or False? or False? If the If the statement statement is false, is false, write write what what is true. is true. Aliens a Aliens likelike to visit to visit thethe popular popular sushi sushi restaurant restaurant Ouch! Ouch! The b The sushi sushi they they serve serve here here is alive. is alive. Eating c Eating here here is not is not fun. fun. Ouch! d Ouch! hashas twotwo skulls. skulls. The e The Celebrity Celebrity Chef Chef restaurant restaurant does does notnot serve serve good good food. food. In f this In this restaurant, restaurant, youyou cancan eateat chefs. chefs. Cosmo g Cosmo Tentacles Tentacles is the is the most most famous famous head head waiter waiter in the in the universe. universe. The h The Celebrity Celebrity Chef Chef hashas oneone skull. skull.

1 a b c d e f g h

gs ek

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING UNDERSTANDING

CREATIVE CREATIVE CORNER CORNER

2 Draw 2 Draw – describe – describe – draw. – draw. Draw Draw an an alien. alien. Do Do notnot show show it to it anyone. to anyone. Sit back to back with a partner Sit back andto describe back with your a partner alien while andyour describe partner your draws. alien while Then check your partner your drawings. draws. How didThen it go?check Do the your drawings drawings. lookHow the did same? it go? Do the drawings look the same?

WRITING WRITING WORKSHOP WORKSHOP 3 Write 3 Write a short a short text text about about thethe alien alien youyou drew drew in task in task 2. Give 2. Give it aitname a name andand some characteristics. some characteristics. Finally, write Finally, what write youwhat would you dowould if you do ever if you metever this met alien.this alien.

113LANGUAGE LANGUAGE LABLAB 4 a b c

Adjectives 4 Adjectives andand adverbs adverbs Find a Find all all thethe adjectives adjectives in the in the text text Alienography. Alienography. Find b Find all all thethe adverbs adverbs in the in the text. text. Write c Write twotwo sentences, sentences, andand useuse at least at least oneone of the of the adjectives adjectives andand oneone of the of the adverbs you found. adverbs you found.

gs ek

se m

Out of This World

conveyor belt samlebånd alienography leksikon over romvesener spot få øye på, gjenkjenne alien romvesen predator rovdyr

stunning array fantastisk utvalg slum it her: spise enkelt freighter fraktskip recommended anbefalt option valg, alternativ

available tilgjengelig freshly caught nyfanget celebrity kjendis chef kokk skulls hodeskaller upmarket dyr og fin

hype forventning contains inneholder disappointingly skuffende tasteless smakløse head waiter hovmester

Out of This World

Stargazing

shooting star stjerneskudd, meteor stargazing stjernekikking billion milliard the Milky Way Melkeveien patterns mønstre constellations stjernebilder mythological mytologisk supposed to skal serpent slange far apart langt fra hverandre the Ancient Greeks de gamle grekerne goddess gudinne sting stikke the Big Dipper Karlsvogna recognize kjenne igjen actually faktisk streak of light lysstripe dust støv

gs ek

se m

There are between 200 and 400 billion stars in our galaxy, the Milky Way. We cannot see all of these stars from Earth, though. To enjoy stargazing, you need a clear night. You should try to stay away from streetlight. The darker it is, the better. On a really dark night, you can see over a thousand stars. Throughout history, people have looked at the sky at night and seen patterns formed by the stars. These patterns are called constellations. People gave the constellations names and even made up stories about them. Today, there are 88 official constellations. Many of them are named after animals, gods or other mythological creatures. They are supposed to look like men and women, birds, insects, animals, a river, a dragon and a serpent, among other things. The stars that form a constellation seem close to each other, but they are actually far apart in space. The Ancient Greeks saw a figure in the nighttime sky that they thought was one of their gods, Orion. Behind him was a constellation they thought looked like a scorpion. Greek mythology describes Orion as a very good hunter. One day, he decided to kill all the wild animals on Earth. But the Earth goddess, Gaia, who was the mother of all animals, did not want this to happen. She made an enormous scorpion sting Orion to death, and then put both of them in the sky. Orion the Hunter is a well-known constellation around the world. Another well-known constellation is the “Big Dipper”. The Big Dipper is part of a bigger constellation called Ursa Major, which means the “Big Bear”. Once you have learned to recognize the Big Dipper, you can always find Polaris, the North Star. Polaris sits directly over the North Pole and does not move. All the other stars rotate around it. It is 430 light years away. This means that its light takes 430 years to reach us. If it burned out today, we would still be able to see its light for the next 430 years. If you ever go out at night to stargaze, remember to look for shooting stars! A shooting star is actually not a star at all. It is a streak of light caused by dust and rocks hitting the atmosphere and burning up. They are called meteors. If you see one, though, be sure to make a wish. You never know if it might come true ...

STARTING POINT

Have you ever seen a shooting star? Do you know what you can do if you see a shooting star?

gs ek

se m

Out of This World

The ancient Greeks gave the constellations their beautiful names. Have you seen any of them in the night sky?

Out of This World

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING 1 a b c d e f g

Answer the questions. How many stars are there in our galaxy? What is a constellation? How many official constellations are there? What does Ursa Major mean? What is another name for Polaris? How many light years away is Polaris? What is a shooting star?

VIEWPOINTS

2 Why do you think famous and talented people are called “stars”?

se m

MATHS MOVES

gs ek

3 Some scientists claim that there could be as many as 500 galaxies like ours in the universe. Each of them may have as many stars as the Milky Way. If each galaxy has 300 billion stars, and there are 500 galaxies, how many stars are there in the universe?

VOCABULARY

4 According to the text, Polaris is 430 light years away. If it burns up in 2025, when will we know it is gone?

5 Working with a word in different ways is useful when you want to learn new vocabulary. Making simple illustrations is one way to do this. Choose five new words from the text and make an illustration for each of them.

Out of This World The Milky Way has different names in different languages. Arabic Straw Path Chinese Silver River Japanese River of Heaven Swedish Winter Street Turkish Pilgrim’s Way

ar Ħ

gs ek

WRITING WORKSHOP

7 The text “Stargazing” is a five-paragraph text. Find the following things: a the introduction b the three main points in the body c the topic sentence in the third paragraph d the conclusion

A L I C I A

se m

6 My constellation Get a piece of squared paper from your teacher. Write the alphabet vertically and your name horizontally, like in this example. Make a star in the box for all the letters of your name in a table, like Alicia has done here. Look at the “stars” and find a pattern. Connect the dots so that you get a picture of your constellation. Find a name for your constellation and create a myth about it. Present your constellation and myth in class.

Your name

CREATIVE CORNER

D E F G H

I J K L M N

Out of This World

To Infinity and Beyond!

related to som har å gjøre med infinity evigheten beyond bortenfor fascinated fascinert mankind menneskeheten ancestors forfedre created skapt charted kartla disovered oppdaget consists of består av several flere exploration utforsking developed utviklet blasted skjøt survive overleve achieved oppnådd leap sprang spend time tilbringe tid research forskning scientists forskere greenhouse drivhus artificial kunstige orbit kretser amazing fantastiske

gs ek

se m

The universe has fascinated mankind since the beginning of time. When our ancestors observed the night sky, they asked the same questions we do: What is out there? How was it created? Where does it end? Early people charted the movements of the sun, Moon, planets and stars. They tried to explain what they saw. People thought that the Earth was the center of the universe, and that all the other planets and stars moved around it. In the 1500s, astronomers discovered that the Earth moves around the sun, and that the universe consists of several galaxies. They gave our galaxy the name the Milky Way. In modern times, new technology has made space exploration possible. The Russians developed the first space rockets. In 1957, the first satellite, Sputnik I, blasted into space on a Russian rocket. Later that year a dog named Laika left Earth in Sputnik II. Unfortunately, Laika did not survive the journey. In 1961 Russian astronaut Yuri Gagarin became the first human in space. He returned to Earth a hero. After the successful Russian space adventure, the Americans wanted to do better. The goal was to put a man on the Moon before 1970. This goal was achieved in 1969. Astronaut Neil Armstrong stepped onto the Moon, and spoke his famous words: “That’s one small step for man, one giant leap for mankind.” The International Space Station, or ISS, is a research laboratory in space. Scientists from many different countries spend time living and doing research there. The Norwegian Space Centre is involved in some ISS projects. A mini greenhouse on the ISS was developed in Norway. It tests how plants can grow in space. Like many artificial satellites, you can see the ISS move across the night sky. Telescopes that orbit above the Earth’s atmosphere can take extremely sharp pictures. The most famous space telescopes are Hubble and Kepler. Hubble has been sending amazing pictures back to Earth for about thirty years.

STARTING POINT

Work in small groups. Make a list of all of the words that you know related to the universe.

gs ek

se m

Out of This World

Astronaut Mae Jamison was the first AfricanAmerican woman in space. Here she is working on the Space Shuttle Endeavour.

Kepler’s mission was to find new planets where there might be life. During its nine years in space, from 2009 to 2018, Kepler found more than 2600 planets. Scientists think some of them could have the conditions needed for life: a solid surface, an atmosphere, an energy source and water. Venus is Earth’s closest neighbour, but missions cannot go there because it is covered with volcanoes. Several missions, however, have been sent to cold, dry Mars to look for life on the planet. Before technology is sent to Mars, it is often tested on Svalbard. Many people dream that one day we will send humans to Mars. The SpaceX Mars program plans to transport people to Mars in reusable spaceships. The aim is to establish a human colony on Mars. But there are many challenges that need to be resolved first. For instance, a human colony would need a supply of water, food and energy. Scientists also need to know more about how the long trip through space and the atmosphere on Mars can affect the human body. Even though we have learned and discovered many things, the universe is still a fascinating and mysterious place. Will scientists find extraterrestrial life? Will we have space tourism to the Moon or a human colony on Mars in the future?

might be kan være conditions vilkår solid surface fast overflate source kilde mission oppdrag reusable gjenbrukbare resolved løst extraterrestrial utenomjordisk

Out of This World

Answer the questions. What was discovered in the 1500s? Which country developed the first space rockets? Who was the first man in space? Who put the first human footprint on the Moon? What is the name of Norsk Romsenter in English? What is Hubble? What conditions are needed for life? Where do scientists often test Mars technology? What is the aim of the SpaceX Mars program?

1 a b c d e f g h i

se m

Discuss the questions. Do you think scientists will find extraterrestrial life? Do you think we will have space tourism to the Moon? Do you think there will be a human colony on Mars in the future? Would you travel to the Moon? Would you go to live on Mars?

gs ek

2 a b c d e

VIEWPOINTS

VOCABULARY

3 Synonyms Replace each underlined word with a synonym from the list. person researchers large watched a b c d e f g h

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

circle evidence shot wonderful

The universe is huge. large Our ancestors observed the night sky. He found proof for the idea. The first human in space was Russian. The rocket blasted into space. Satellites orbit above Earth. The telescope takes amazing pictures. Scientists stay on the space station.

Out of This World

LANGUAGE LAB

gs ek

se m

5 Adverbs Translate the sentences to Norwegian. Underline the adverbs or adverb phrases in your sentences. a Work hard, dream big, never give up. Jobb hardt, drøm stort, aldri gi opp. b A long time ago in a galaxy far, far away c Cry about it tonight, fix it tomorrow. d Will it be easy? Nope. Will it be worth it? Absolutely. e We can talk later. f It’s now or never. g It’s already tomorrow in Australia.

6 Translate the sentences to English. Underline the adverbs or adverb phrases in your sentences. a Hvis ikke nå, når? If not now, when? b Er romskipet der fortsatt? c Du kan ikke alltid få det du vil ha. d Den som prøver å tråkke deg ned, er allerede under deg. e Vær deg selv. Alle andre er allerede tatt. f Hold ut, du er nesten fremme. g Jeg velger å være glad i dag.

113

4 Possessives Add the missing apostrophe. a The suns movements The sun’s movements b Jupiters moons c Neil Armstrongs words d NASAs program e The projects purpose f Hubbles pictures g Keplers mission h The planets surface i Mars surface

DIGITAL DIVE 7 Explore NASA’s website for teens at imagine.gsfc.nasa.gov. Write down eight things you learn on the site. Share what you learn with your class.

Out of This World

gs ek

se m

TASKS

8 Memorize This is a learning strategy that you can use to memorize a list in order. Make a phrase where each word begins with the same letter as something in the list. For example, to memorize the colors of the rainbow, you can use:

Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Indigo Violet

CREATIVE CORNER

Robert Of York Goes Bananas In Vegas. Make a phrase to help you memorize the eight planets of the solar system, in order from the sun: Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune.

Out of This World Find three fun facts about Mars and present them in class or in groups.

Back From Mars I’ve recently returned from Mars I went for several years. I rode Martian motorcars, bought Martian souvenirs.

Kenn Nesbitt (1962–) is an American children’s poet.

gs ek

se m

I went to Martian movies and saw Martian movie stars, attended Martian concerts and heard Martians play guitars. I ate in Martian restaurants and went to Martian schools. I played on Martian tennis courts and swam in Martian pools.

I hung around with Martian girls and talked to Martian boys. I went to Martian shopping malls and played with Martian toys.

At last I’m back on planet Earth from out among the stars. So why does everyone I see here act like they’re from Mars?

STARTING POINT

KENN NESBITT

recently nylig several flere rode kjørte Martian marsboer bought kjøpte attended gikk på tennis courts tennisbaner swam svømte among blant

Out of This World

1 a b c

Answer the questions. For how long was the speaker on Mars? Mention at least five things the speaker did on Mars. What does the speaker wonder about back on planet Earth?

speaker = fortellerstemme

VIEWPOINTS

se m

2 Discuss the questions. a Does the way life is described on Mars surprise you? Why or why not? b If someone came from outer space to visit planet Earth, what would be difficult for them to understand? c Do you think the speaker is a boy or a girl? Why?

SPEAKING SPOT

would take ... want to bring a ... because ... think the ... is more useful than the ... because ... would rather take the ... than the ...

I I I I

gs ek

3 Imagine that you are going to Mars. You are only allowed to take five things. Make a list. In groups of three, compare your lists. Then discuss and agree on five things you can take from the three lists. Share your new list with your class.

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

4 Work with a partner. Choose nouns from the poem, like guitar. Then take turns describing the nouns to each other without saying the word. Example: My brother knows how to play it. It has six strings. You can use it to make music.

WRITING WORKSHOP 5 Imagine that you are a space tourist on an expedition to Mars. Imagine that you have just landed on Mars. Write an email or a message to your friends and family back home on planet Earth.

Out of This World

CREATIVE CORNER 6 Work with a classmate. Prepare a role play. One of you is a reporter and the other is the person that is just back from Mars. Record the interview or perform it for the rest of the class.

LANGUAGE LAB 7 Regular and irregular verbs a Find the irregular verbs in the poem. Make a table with the base, simple past and past participle forms of the verbs. Simple past

Past participle

have

had

se m

Base form

gs ek

b There are five regular verbs in the poem. Can you find them? How do you know they are regular verbs? c There is no pattern for irregular verbs. One way to remember them is to use flashcards. Choose 10 irregular verbs and make flashcards for them. On the front, write the infinitive form. On the back write the simple past and the past participle. d Walk around the classroom and quiz your classmates using your flashcards.

write

wrote written

DIGITAL DIVE 8 Find more poems by Kenn Nesbitt online. Find a poem that you like and read it aloud to your class or in small groups.

Question words Who Which When Where What Why How

Out of This World

May the Force Be with You

gs ek

se m

“May the Force be with you,” says hero Luke Skywalker in The Empire Strikes Back, one of the epic Star Wars movies. In a galaxy far, far away Luke and his friends, Han Solo, Princess Leia and the other rebels, are fighting Darth Vader and the evil Empire. The rebels use the Force to bring peace and harmony. Their enemies on the dark side use the Force to gain power and bring destruction. At the beginning of The Empire Strikes Back, Luke Skywalker is on the ice planet Hoth, where the rebels have their base. While Luke is out on a mission, an ice creature called a Wampa captures him. Luke uses his lightsaber to escape from the Wampa’s cave. Then he almost freezes to death in the ice and snow. Han Solo finds Luke and they are rescued. Later, giant Imperial Walkers sent by Darth Vader attack the rebels. In the snow battle that follows, Luke takes down a Walker, but he and his friends are defeated. The scenes from the ice planet Hoth were filmed on location at Finse, Norway and nearby Hardangerjøkulen glacier in March 1979. The film crew and actors stayed at the hotel Finse 1222. People and equipment were transported in and out of the mountains on the Oslo-Bergen train. In clear weather the glacier was perfect for the icy planet Hoth, but the weather forces were against the film crew. There was a blizzard while they were there, and temperatures were freezing. Some days they could not leave the hotel. The scene where Luke escapes from the Wampa was shot

STARTING POINT

Have you seen any of the Star Wars movies? Which ones? How many different Star Wars characters can you name? Which character is your favorite? Why?

force kraft empire imperium, rike epic episk, storslått rebels opprørere evil ond peace fred enemies fiender gain power få makt destruction ødeleggelse strikes back slår tilbake creature vesen captures fanger cave hule rescued reddet takes down dreper defeated overvunnet

gs ek

se m

Out of This World

by filming him running into the snow outside the hotel’s back door. The crew stayed warm inside. Harrison Ford, who played Han Solo, said that being at Finse “was another one of those bizarre experiences in life”. The Force has stayed with Star Wars for over forty years now. These films are some of the most popular science fiction movies about space ever created. The Empire Strikes Back is the fifth film in the Star Wars series, but it was the second one made.

Who’s in charge of your future? Oh, right, it’s you. Yoda

Mark Hill plays Luke Skywalker in Star Wars: Episode V – The Empire Strikes Back

glacier isbre film crew filmmannskapet actors skuespillerne equipment utstyr weather forces værgudene blizzard snøstorm bizarre merkelig experiences opplevelsene created skapt

Out of This World

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING 1 Answer the questions. a Who uses the Force for peace and harmony? b Where do Luke Skywalker and the other rebels have their base? c What is it like on the planet Hoth? d What creature captures Luke on Hoth? e Who wins the Battle of Hoth? f Where were the Hoth scenes filmed? g What problem did the film crew face at Finse?

LANGUAGE LAB

gs ek

se m

2 Sentence structures Yoda is a Jedi master who is responsible for training Luke Skywalker. Re-write Yoda’s lines in Standard English. a The dark side I sense in you. I sense the dark side in you. b Grave danger you are in. c Impatient you are. d Always in motion is the future. e Help you I can. f Strong am I with the Force. g When 900 years you reach, look as good, you will not. h Once down the dark path you start, forever will it dominate your destiny. i Size matters not. 3 Prepositions Use the correct preposition from the list. at for in about down against a b c d e f g

The movie takes place in a galaxy far, far away. He joins his friends ___ the planet Hoth. Luke takes ___ a Walker. The scenes were filmed ___ Finse, Norway. The glacier was perfect ___ the icy planet. The weather was ___ the crew. They are popular movies ___ space.

Out of This World

pl se m

WRITING WORKSHOP

gs ek

5 Irregular verbs Write the past simple and past participle forms of the irregular verbs from the text. a get g say b take h fight c freeze i send d bring j leave e find k run f shoot l make

4 Capitalization Capitalize the first word and all the other important words in titles of books and films. Example: The Lord of the Rings Re-write the titles of these Star Wars films and capitalize them correctly. a star wars b the empire strikes back c return of the jedi d the phantom menace e attack of the clones f revenge of the sith

6 Summaries Write down key words from “May the Force Be With You”. Then use the key words to write a one-paragraph summary of the text.

EXPLORE MORE 7 Watch The Empire Strikes Back. While you are watching write down your favorite lines from the movie.

The lightsaber is a type of laser sword used in Star Wars.

Out of This World

ar pl se m gs ek in er rd

STARTING POINT

How many pupils in your class like fantasy books and films? Make a survey. What are the most popular titles? Make a list of recommendations.

In The Lord of the Rings, the wizard Gandalf rides with the hobbit Pippin, to a city called Minas Tirith.

Out of This World

Fantasy Literature

gs ek

se m

Fantasy stories have always been popular. People have been telling fantasy stories since the beginning of time. The oldest texts that exist are stories about dragons and magical creatures and quests where good triumphs over evil. Later, novels like Frankenstein and Dracula contained both magic and monsters. Fantasy books for children are also popular. Peter Pan, The Wizard of Oz, and Alice in Wonderland were written a long time ago. In the 1950s, C.S. Lewis wrote The Chronicles of Narnia and J.R.R. Tolkien wrote The Hobbit and The Lord of the Rings. These fantasy stories are still popular today. In the last decades, J.K. Rowling’s books about Harry Potter have been a tremendous success. So what are some of the characteristics of the fantasy genre? First of all, there is always an element of magic – either the characters or some object have magical powers. We meet strange creatures, talking animals, flying cars, dragons, wizards, witches, hobbits and monsters. In The Hobbit, a golden ring can make the main character invisible. Secondly, there is a magical setting, within our world or in a magical world. Harry Potter, for example, takes the train from platform 9 ¾ to Hogwarts, a place where no mortal human can go. Narnia is a fantastic world where lions can talk and ordinary children become kings and queens. Thirdly, the themes are timeless and universal: good versus evil, love and hate, honour and courage, and therefore appeal to people of all ages all over the world. Lastly, the plot involves a journey or a quest where the hero fights the forces of evil. This conflict makes the story suspenseful. Fantasy stories take us on journeys into the unknown and give us a chance to escape from our ordinary lives into magical worlds where anything is possible.

survey undersøkelse recommendation anbefaling creatures skapninger quests jakt triumphs vinner evil ondskap

contained inneholdt wizard trollmann tremendous enorm object gjenstand invisible usynlig mortal dødelig honour ære

courage mot appeal to appellerer til, henvender seg til journey reise suspenseful spennende the unknown det ukjente escape unnslippe, rømme

Out of This World

1 a b c

Answer the questions. Can you name some examples of fantasy literature? What are some characteristics of fantasy literature? Name some themes found in fantasy literature.

2 Discuss the questions. a In your opinion, what is the most important element in a good fantasy book or film? b What is your favourite fantasy book or film? Why do you like it?

VIEWPOINTS

se m

CREATIVE CORNER

gs ek

3 Draw your own a fantasy character. Write a short description of it and what magical powers it has.

LANGUAGE LAB object attempt dragon honest man expectation creature

g h i j k l

honor quest advert journey character human

a b c d e f

4 Write the words with the correct determiner, a or an.

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

m n o p q r

argument sword animal stone hour element

5 Pick five of the words and use them in sentences. Example: I will be there in an hour.

Out of This World

STARTING POINT

What do you think about when you hear the word “vampire”? Work in small groups and make a mind map with key words.

Bram Stoker (1847–1912) was an Irish writer best known for his horror novel Dracula.

se m

BRAM STOKER

gs ek

Dracula

VAMPIRE

The vampire Dracula comes from Transylvania to England searching for new blood. No one knows he is there. Soon, strange things are happening around Mina and her friend Lucy. Mina writes about the events in her diary. Mina’s Diary August 1897 11 August, 3 a.m. No sleep now. I am too upset. Lucy and I have had a terrible adventure. We went to bed early as usual. A few hours later, I woke up suddenly. I had a horrible feeling. I lit a match. Lucy was not in her bed. Was she sleepwalking again? The bedroom door was open. I went to look for her. I ran downstairs to the sitting room. Not there! Then I looked in the other rooms. No Lucy! Fear filled my heart. The front door of the house was open. I took a shawl and ran out. No one was about. The clock struck one. I ran toward the harbour. No sign of Lucy. I looked across the harbour to the cliff.

Remember! You don’t have to understand all the words in a story to enjoy it.

diary dagbok upset urolig, engstelig adventure her: opplevelse lit a match tente en fyrstikk sleepwalking gå i søvne sitting room stue shawl sjal struck one slo ett harbour havn cliff klippe

Out of This World

gs ek

se m

The moon was bright and full. Black clouds moved across its light. For a moment, I could see nothing. Then the clouds passed. In the silver light, I could see the abbey ruins on top of the cliff. And there, on our favourite seat was Lucy. She was snowy white in her nightdress. Behind her stood something dark. It bent over her. What was it? Man or beast? I ran down to the bridge. Soon I was climbing the endless steps to the abbey. Close to the top, I could see my friend in white. Something long and black was bending over her. I called out, “Lucy! Lucy!” The dark figure raised its head. I saw a white face with red, burning eyes. Lucy did not answer. I ran up the last steps. For a moment, I could not see her. When I got to her, she was alone. Lucy was asleep. She breathed with long, heavy gasps. In her sleep, she pulled the collar of her nightdress close around her throat. Then she trembled. I feared to wake her. I pinned the warm shawl around her. She put her hand to her throat again and moaned. Then I woke her gently. I wished to get her home. At first, she did not know where she was. Then she held me tightly. She followed me home like a child. I am filled with worry. Lucy begged me not to tell about her sleepwalking adventure. I promised not to. I hope I did right.

abbey kloster beast udyr gasps gisp collar krage throat hals trembled skalv pinned festet med nål moaned stønnet gently forsiktig begged ba, tigget pierced gjennomboret

Same day, noon All is well. Lucy slept late and looks happy this morning. I was sorry when I saw her. There are two little red marks on her throat and drops of blood on her nightdress. I must have pierced her skin when I pinned the shawl around her. She laughed and said it was nothing.

Out of This World Same day, night Lucy and I passed a happy day. We took a picnic lunch to the woods. Later we walked to the harbour and listened to some lovely music. After dinner, we went to bed early. Lucy fell asleep at once. I do not expect trouble tonight. Just in case, I locked our bedroom door. 12 August Twice this night Lucy tried to get out. Finding the door locked, d, she went back to bed. I woke early. The birds sang outside the window. Lucy must have opened it during the night. She woke in good spirits. Another quiet day.

gs ek

se m

13 August I woke in the night. Lucy was sitting up in bed. She pointed to the window. I got up to look. It was brilliant moonlight. The soft light on sea and sky created one great, silent mystery. It was beautiful. In the moonlight, a large bat came and went. It flew close to the window. When it saw me, it disappeared across the harbour to the abbey. Lucy was sleeping when I turned around.

14 August We spent the day on top of the cliff, reading and writing. Lucy loves this spot. She does not like to leave. On our way home for dinner, we stopped to look at the view from the top of the steps. The sun was just setting. It threw red light on the cliff and the old abbey. Everything was in a beautiful rosy glow. Then Lucy whispered, “His red eyes again!” Lucy had a strange look on her face. I followed her eyes. She was looking over to our favorite seat. On it sat a dark figure. The sunset made the stranger’s eyes burn like fire. Lucy looked sad. Then we went home to dinner. Lucy had a headache and went to bed early. I went out for a walk in the bright moonlight. When I got home, I saw Lucy at our bedroom window. It was open. I thought she was looking for me. I waved, but she did not see me. Moonlight fell on the window. Then I saw that Lucy was asleep. But there was something sitting by her. It looked like a large dark bat. I ran upstairs. The bat was gone and Lucy in bed asleep. She breathed heavily and held her hand to her throat. I did not wake her. I locked the door and gently closed the window.

expect forvente twice to ganger pointed to pekte mot moaned stønnet rosy glow rosaglød headache hodepine

Out of This World 15 August Lucy slept late this morning. She is tired and weak.

17 August No diary for two whole days. I am filled with worry and dread. There is a dark shadow over our happiness. Lucy grows weaker and weaker. She is pale and tired. At night, she walks about the room. Often, she sits at the open window. Last night I found her at the window in a faint. When she came to, she cried quietly and struggled for breath. I hope her illness is not from the marks at her throat. I saw them again just now. The tiny wounds have not yet healed. They are still open and seem larger than before. I shall call for the doctor tomorrow.

gs ek

se m

18 August Lucy is worse this morning. She is fading away. She gasps for air. The doctor was here. He said she has lost a lot of blood. When he saw the marks on her throat, he cried “My God!” Later he brought garlic. He said to keep it in her room. But Lucy will not have it there.

19 August I am heartbroken. This morning I could not wake Lucy. The doctor said she was dying. She had lost too much blood. It would not be long. Later Lucy opened her eyes. But they were not hers. Her eyes burned hard and red. Her mouth opened. Her teeth looked long and sharp. A spasm shook her body. Rage passed over her face like a dark shadow. Then her eyes closed and she breathed heavily. A few hours later Lucy’s eyes opened again. Now they were soft. She looked at me and whispered, “My true friend!” Then her breathing stopped. My dear friend was dead. I said, “Dear Lucy, there is peace for you at last.” The doctor turned to me and said, “Not so, alas! Not so. It is only the beginning.”

dread følelse at noe forferdelig skal skje pale blek in a faint bevisstløs came to kom til seg selv struggled for breath strevde med å puste garlic hvitløk it would not be long hun hadde ikke lenge igjen spasm spasme, ukontrollert bevegelse rage raseri alas akk!, dessverre!

Adapted from Dracula by Bram Stoker

Out of This World

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING 1 a b c d

Answer the questions. Where does Mina find Lucy on the first night? What does Mina see on Lucy’s throat? Why does Mina lock the bedroom door? What does Mina see next to Lucy at the open window?

VIEWPOINTS

gs ek

se m

2 Discuss the questions. a What do you think the doctor means when he says “It is only the beginning”? b What do you think will happen next? c Have you seen films, series or read other books about vampires? Which ones? Did you like them? d Why do you think people enjoy stories about vampires? e What do you think is making Lucy ill? f What do you think has made the marks on Lucy’s throat? g Why do you think Lucy’s eyes are burning hard and red at the end?

TEXT ANALYSIS

3 Answer the questions for analysis. Narrator: Who tells the story? Setting: Where and when does the story take e place? Characters: Who is the story about? Plot: What happens in the story? Conflict: What is the problem? Theme: What is the story really about? 4 Narrator Does the writer use a first person or third person narrator? Find word clues.

CREATIVE CORNER 5 Find details about the setting in the text. Make a list. Use these details to draw a map of the setting.

Out of This World

TASKS

VOCABULARY 6 Get a handout from your teacher. Finish the Dracula crossword with key words from the text. Use the clues to find the words.

LANGUAGE LAB 56

7 Prepositions Find the missing prepositions. Choose from the list below.

with

into

after

gs ek

se m

Vampires roam the world at night looking for human blood to feed ___. They drain their victim’s blood ___ their sharp fangs and turn them ___ vampires. Some can take the form ___ bats or wolves. They have super strength and an overpowering effect ___ their victims. Most people associate vampires ___ Bram Stoker’s novel, Dracula. Stoker may have named his character ___ Vlad Dracula, also known ___ Vlad the Impaler. Vlad Dracula was a cruel ruler who lived ___ Romania ___ the 1400s. He earned his nickname “the Impaler” because his favorite way to kill his enemies was to impale them ___ a wooden stake.

impale spidde

8 Adverbs Find the adverb in each sentence from the text. a I woke her gently. gently b Later, we walked to the harbor. c It flew close to the window. d I ran upstairs. e She breathed heavily. f Lucy slept late. g Often she sits at the open window. h She cried quietly and struggled for breath. i I saw them again. j I shall call for the doctor tomorrow.

113

DIGITAL DIVE 9 Find information about vampire bats. Write 4–6 sentences. Share what you find in small groups.

Out of This World

STARTING POINT

Match the Greek god with the correct description. Aphrodite Apollo Poseidon Hades Zeus

god of the underworld goddess of love and beauty father of the gods god of the sea god of the sun and music

Rick Riordan (1964–) is an American author of fantasy and mystery novels.

gs ek

se m

Percy Jackson

RICK RIORDAN

extract utdrag arrived ankommet sighed sukket clearly åpenbart conversation samtale eyebrow øyebryn

Percy Jackson is the main character in a five-book series called Percy Jackson and the Olympians. The extract here is from the first novel, The Lightning Thief. Strange and terrible things have been happening to Percy. He was attacked by monsters, and his mother was killed. In this extract he has just arrived at Camp Half-Blood and is about to find out who he really is. “My mom is Sally Jackson,” I said. “She works at the candy store in Grand Central Station. At least, she used to.” “I’m sorry about your mom, Percy. But that’s not what I mean. I’m talking about your other parent. Your dad.” “He’s dead. I never knew him.” Annabeth sighed. Clearly, she’d had this conversation before with other kids. “Your father’s not dead, Percy.” “How can you say that? You know him?” “No, of course not.” “Then how can you say – ” “Because I know you. You wouldn’t be here if you weren’t one of us.” “You don’t know anything about me.” “No?” She raised an eyebrow. “I bet you moved around

Remember! You don’t have to understand all the words in a story to enjoy it.

The books about Percy Jackson have been adapted into two films, Percy Jackson & The Olympians: The Lightning Thief was released in 2010 and Percy Jackson: Sea of Monsters in 2013.

gs ek

se m

Out of This World

diagnosed fått en diagnose dyslexia dysleksi swallow svelge embarrassment forlegenhet hardwired programmert ancient gammel battlefield slagmark

from school to school. I bet you were kicked out of a lot of them.” “How – ” “Diagnosed with dyslexia. Probably ADHD, too.” I tried to swallow my embarrassment. “What does that have to do with anything?” “Taken together, it’s almost a sure sign. The letters float off the page when you read, right? That’s because your mind is hardwired for ancient Greek. And the ADHD – you’re impulsive, can’t sit still in the classroom. That’s your battlefield reflexes. In a real fight, they’d keep you alive. As

Out of This World

se m

for the attention problems, that’s because you see too much, Percy, not too little. Your senses are better than a regular mortal’s. Of course the teachers want you medicated. Most of them are monsters. They don’t want you seeing them for what they are.” “You sound like ... you went through the same thing?” “Most of the kids here did. If you weren’t like us, you couldn’t have survived the Minotaur, much less the ambrosia and nectar.” “Ambrosia and nectar.” “The food and drink we were giving you to make you better. That stuff would’ve killed a normal kid. It would’ve turned your blood to fire and your bones to sand and you’d be dead. Face it. You’re a half-blood.” A half-blood. I was reeling with so many questions I didn’t know where to start. (...)

gs ek

At Camp Half-Blood the young demigods learn to use their special powers to battle evil. One day there is a training battle between two teams. Chiron is a centaur and he is in charge of activities at the camp.

“Where the heck did you learn to fight like that?” she asked. The air shimmered, and she materialized, holding a Yankees baseball cap as if she’d just taken it off her head. I felt myself getting angry. I wasn’t even fazed by the fact that she’d just been invisible. “You set me up,” I said. “You put me here because you knew Clarisse would come after me, while you sent Luke around the flank. You had it all figured out.” Annabeth shrugged. “I told you. Athena always, always has a plan.” “A plan to get me pulverized.” “I came as fast as I could. I was about to jump in, but ...” She shrugged. “You didn’t need help.” Then she noticed my wounded arm. “How did you do that?” “Sword cut,” I said. “What do you think?” “No. It was a sword cut. Look at it.” The blood was gone. Where the huge cut had been, there

attention oppmerksomhet senses sansene (hørsel, syn, osv.) mortal dødelig ambrosia mat gitt til guder i gresk mytologi nectar gudedrikk reeling sjangle demigod halvgud shimmered flimret materialized kom til syne fazed forfjamset invisible usynlig set me up lurte meg flank flanken, siden shrugged trakk på skuldrene pulverized pulverisert, knust i småbiter

was a long white scratch, and even that was fading. As I watched, it turned into a small scar, and disappeared. “I – I don’t get it,” I said. Annabeth was thinking hard. I could almost see the gears turning. She looked down at my feet, then at Clarisse’s broken spear, and said, “Step out of the water, Percy.” “What – ” “Just do it.” I came out of the creek and immediately felt bone tired. My arms started to go numb again. My adrenalin rush left me. I almost fell over, but Annabeth steadied me. “Oh, Styx,” she cursed. “This is not good. I didn’t want ... I assumed it would be Zeus ...” Before I could ask what she meant, I heard that canine growl again, but much closer than before. A howl ripped through the forest. The campers’ cheering died instantly. Chiron shouted something in Ancient Greek, which I would realize, only later, I had understood perfectly: “Stand ready! My bow!”

Logan Lerman played the title role in the Percy Jackson films.

gs ek

se m

Out of This World

100

fading bleknet scar arr disappeared forsvant spear spyd creek bekk bone tired dødstrøtt numb nummen adrenalin rush få mye energi steadied støttet cursed bannet assumed antok canine growl hundeknurring howl ul ripped through skar gjennom instantly brått

Out of This World

gs ek

se m

Annabeth drew her sword. There on the rocks just above us was a black hound the size of a rhino, with lava-red eyes and fangs like daggers. It was looking straight at me. Nobody moved except Annabeth, who yelled, “Percy, run!” She tried to step in front of me, but the hound was too fast. It leaped over her – an enormous shadow with teeth – and just as it hit me, as I stumbled backward and felt its razor-sharp claws ripping through my armor, there was a cascade of thwacking sounds, like forty pieces of paper being ripped one after the other. From the hound’s neck sprouted a cluster of arrows. The monster fell dead at my feet. By some miracle, I was still alive. I didn’t want to look underneath the ruins of my shredded armor. My chest felt warm and wet, and I knew I was badly cut. Another second, and the monster would’ve turned me into a hundred pounds of delicatessen meat. Chiron trotted up next to us, a bow in his hand, his face grim. “Di immortales!” Annabeth said. “That’s a hellhound from the Fields of Punishment. They don’t ... they’re not supposed to ...” “Someone summoned it,” Chiron said “Someone inside the camp.” Luke came over, the banner in his hand forgotten, his moment of glory gone. Clarisse yelled, “It’s all Percy’s fault! Percy summoned it!” “Be quiet, child,” Chiron told her. We watched the body of the hellhound melt into shadow, soaking into the ground until it disappeared. “You’re wounded,” Annabeth told me. “Quick, Percy, get in the water.” “I’m okay.” “No, you’re not.” she said. “Chiron, watch this.” I was too tired to argue. I stepped back into the creek, the whole camp gathering around me. Instantly, I felt better. I could feel the cuts on my chest closing up. Some of the campers gasped. “Look, I – I don’t know why,” I said, trying to apologize. “I’m sorry ... ” But they weren’t watching my wounds heal. They were staring at something above my head. “Percy,” Annabeth said, pointing. “Um ...”

hound hundebeist rhino neshorn fangs hoggtenner daggers kniver, dolker enormous diger leap bykse armor rustning cascade foss thwacking sound lyden av noe som slår hardt cluster klase arrows piler shredded istykkerrevne chest bryst trot trave grim streng Di immortales! Udødelige guder! hellhound hund fra helvete summoned tilkalt banner flagg wounded såret argue diskutere gather samle gasp trekke pusten apologize be om unnskyldning

101

gs ek in er rd

A minotaur is a creature from Greek mythology with the head of a bull and the body of a man.

se m

Out of This World

102

gleaming lyste, strålte trident spyd med tre spisser murmur mumlet determined bestemt kneel knele Ares krigsguden bewildered forfjamset

By the time I looked up, the sign was already fading, but I could still make out the hologram of green light, spinning and gleaming. A three-tipped spear: a trident. “Your father,” Annabeth murmured. “This is really not good.” “It is determined,” Chiron announced. All around me, campers started kneeling, even the Ares cabin, though they didn’t look happy about it. “My father?” I asked, completely bewildered. “Poseidon,” said Chiron. “Earthshaker, Stormbringer, Father of Horses. Hail, Perseus Jackson, Son of the Sea God.”

Out of This World

TASKS

gs ek

se m

1 Choose the best answer. a Percy’s mother was ... A Annabeth B Clarisse C Sally b Percy’s brain is hardwired for ... A Old Norse B Latin C Greek c Percy is a ... A normal kid B half-blood C mortal d What happens to Percy’s sword cut in the water? A It gets worse. B It stings. C It heals. e Percy is attacked by a ... A bird B hellhound C three-tipped spear f Percy’s father is ... A Poseidon B Apollo C Zeus

UNDERSTANDING

2 a b c d e f g

103

Answer the questions. What does Annabeth say about Percy’s father? What are the signs of Percy being a ‘half-blood’? Who shouts “Stand ready! My bow!” in Ancient Greek? What does the hound look like? What does the hound do? How do Percy’s wounds heal? What sign appears above Percy’s head and what does it mean?

Out of This World

3 Discuss the questions. a The idea of being different from the majority seems to be true for many heroes in literature. Can you think of reasons why this idea appeals to teenage readers? b What would be the best thing about being “half-blood”? c What do you know about the Greek gods? Do you know any tales from Greek mythology?

gs ek

se m

4 Answer the questions for analysis. Narrator: Who tells the story? Setting: Where and when does the story take place? Characters: Who is the story about? Plot: What happens in the story? Conflict: What is the problem? Theme: What is the story really about?

TEXT ANALYSIS

SPEAKING SPOT

5 Imagine that Percy meets his father Poseidon for the first time. Work in pairs and role-play their conversation. Write role cards if you need them.

DIGITAL DIVE

TASKS

VIEWPOINTS

104

6 Find information about one of the Greek gods and make a mini presentation.

Mini presentation Your presentation should be 2–3 minutes and have: • a heading • key words, phrases and numbers • images • sources used • no reading

Out of This World

LANGUAGE LAB

gs ek

se m

8 Contractions Write the underlined contractions in full. a Your father’s not dead, Percy. father is b I’m sorry about your mom. c You wouldn’t be here if you weren’t one of us. d You don’t know anything about me. e You’re impulsive. f They’d keep you alive. g You couldn’t have survived the Minotaur. h That stuff would’ve killed a normal kid. i You didn’t need help. j It’s all Percy’s fault.

7 Confusing words Choose the correct word to complete the sentences. a Annabeth thinks Percy is a half-blood to/too. b Finally, Percy thinks she is write/right/rite. c Percy is hurt and hopes the wound will heal/heel/he’ll. d Annabeth and Percy would make a nice pair/pear. e The hound stares/stairs intensely at Percy. f It came threw/through the woods.

Avoid contractions in formal texts. Write both words instead.

9 The simple past tense Copy the text and write the verbs in the simple past tense. Nobody moved (move) except Annabeth, who ___ (yell), “Percy, run!” She ___ (try) to step in front of me, but the hound ___ (be) too fast. It ___ (leap) over her and just as it ___ (hit) me, as I ___ (stumble) backward and ___ (feel) its razor-sharp claws ripping through my armor, there ___ (be) a cascade of thwacking sounds, like forty pieces of paper being ripped one after the other. From the hound’s neck ___ (sprout) a cluster of arrows. The monster ___ (fall) dead at my feet. By some miracle, I ___ (be) still alive. I ___ (do) not want to look underneath the ruins of my shredded armor. My chest ___ (feel) warm and wet, and I ___ (know) I ___ (be) badly cut.

105

106

Out of This World

STARTING POINT

NEIL GAIMAN Look at the first panel in the text. Describe what you see.

This is an extract from a graphic version of the novel Coraline, which was adapted and illustrated by P. Craig Russell. Coraline and her family have just moved to a flat in an old house. In the living room, she finds a locked door. She finds the key and opens the door ...

peas erter (grønne erter) arrive komme proper ordentlig prunes svisker refuse nekte

se m

wallpaper tapet curled bøyde starving veldig sulten roasted stekt i ovnen fried stekt

on principle av prinsipp peculiar rar remarkable enestående wind-up trekk opp

UNDERSTANDING

1 Read pages 107–110. Then answer the questions. a What does Coraline see when she walks down the corridor in the empty flat? b Who does the woman in the flat say she is? c How is the woman different from Coraline’s real mother? d Describe the eyes of the other mother and father. e What do they eat for lunch? f What does Coraline think of the food? g What does Coraline think of her room in the flat?

TASKS

gs ek

flat leilighet familiar kjent carpet gulvteppe corridor gang uneasily med ubehag

Neil Gaiman (1960–) is an English author who writes fantasy, science fiction and horror books.

Coraline

VIEWPOINTS 2 a b c

Discuss the questions. What feelings are you left with after reading this story? What do you think will happen next? What are your thoughts and reactions to the text?

gs ek

se m

Out of This World

107

gs ek

se m

Out of This World

108

gs ek

se m

Out of This World

109

gs ek

se m

Out of This World

110

Out of This World

WRITING WORKSHOP 3 For homework, Coraline has to write a description of her room. Help her write it.

CREATIVE CORNER 4 Work in groups. Role play or make a film about the text.

LANGUAGE LAB

5 Adjectives Read these sentences from the text carefully and write a list of all the adjectives you find. There are 17.

6 Adverbs Translate the adverbs in italics to Norwegian. a Coraline walked down the corridor uneasily. med ubehag b And then she turned around. c We’ve been waiting for you for a long time. d It wasn’t the same here without you. e But we knew you’d arrive one day. f It was the best chicken she had ever eaten. g Coraline would always refuse to touch it on principle. h From upstairs. j Coraline had never seen a rat. k This was turning out to be a very interesting day. l It was different from her bedroom at home.

113

gs ek

se m

A woman stood in the kitchen. She looked a little like Coraline’s mother, only her fingers were too long, and they never stopped moving, and her dark red fingernails were curled and sharp. And then she turned around and her eyes were big black buttons. Coraline’s other mother brought them lunch. A huge golden-brown roasted chicken, fried potatoes and tiny green peas. It tasted wonderful. It was the best chicken she had ever eaten. Her mother’s chicken was dry and tasteless.

7 Choose five adverbs from task 6 and make sentences of your own.

111

Out of This World

1 Present a fantasy novel, film or TV series to your class. You can include these points: Narrator: Who tells the story? Setting: Where and when does the story take place? Here are some myths you can Characters: Who is the story about? check out if you need tips: Plot: What happens in the story? Conflict: What is the problem? Perseus and Medusa Theme: What is the story really about? Clash of the Titans Pandora’s Box 2 Retell a Greek myth in your own words. Narcissus and Echo Use sequence words as you tell. Atlas

se m

WRITING PRACTICE

gs ek

3 Write a text analysis of one of the texts in this chapter. (Look at the points in task 1.)

4 Write your own fantasy story. Your text should include characters or objects with magical powers or a magical setting.

5 Write a continuation of the story about Mina and her friend in Dracula. Your text should include description, dialogue and plot.

SPEAK & WRITE

ORAL PRACTICE

e id

–

th ea e s

Remember to plan your text before you write.

Po s

6 Before he goes to Camp Half-Blood, Percy had a hard time at school. He found it difficult to read, and he could not sit still. Write a text about a boy or girl who struggles at school, but then discovers they have superpowers.

112

Out of This World

Adverb er ord som forteller mer om hvordan, når, hvor og hvor ofte noe skjer.

ADVERBS HOW

WHEN

WHERE

HOW OFTEN

TYPER ADVERB TYPES OF ADVERBS when

where

how often

beautifully bravely calmly carefully cheerfully easily eagerly honestly patiently perfectly

always already before early finally first hourly immediately later now

above away behind below downstairs far indoors nearby outside somewhere

always often normally usually regularly sometimes occasionally rarely seldom never

se m

gs ek

Does the adverb in bold tell ... how? where? when? how often? The werewolf will appear soon. Never let me go. Nightingales sing beautifully. We can listen to music anywhere. The tortoise usually wins. I saw a moose yesterday. Sometimes she makes pancakes. Sheila works hard. Kraken pulled the ship down. The elephant trumpeted loudly. See you later alligator! There were bees everywhere. Please drive carefully. I heard about it recently. There is nowhere to go. I seldom see him anymore.

1 a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p

how

LANGUAGE WORK

ADVERB ADVERBS

113

Out of This World

Adverb som forteller oss hvordan noe skjer, dannes ofte ved å legge til -ly til et adjektiv. Adjektiv: slow Adverb: slowly The snail moved slowly.

pl se m

gs ek

2 Make adverbs from the adjectives. adjective adverb a quick quickly b slow ___ c bad ___ d happy ___ e easy ___ f polite ___ g secret ___ h quiet ___

I ord som ender med -y, endrer vi y til i før vi legger til -ly. lazy Å lazily happy Å happily

The adverb form of the adjective good is well. Good job! Well done!

LANGUAGE WORK

STAVEMÅTER SPELLING

114

Out of This World

3 a b c d e f g h i

Make adverbs from the adjectives in italics. The boy is kind. He smiles kindly. Mermaids are quick swimmers. They swim ___. John is a loud eater. He eats ___. My cat is lazy. She meows ___. School work is easy. I do it ___. She is an eager football player. She plays ___. The teacher told the class to be quiet. The pupils sat ___. She is a calm person. She speaks ___. They had a happy life. They lived ___ ever after.

OMVENDT ORDSTILLING INVERSION

VERBAL SUBJEKT

jeg et spøkelse.

I går så

VERBAL SUBJEKT

På engelsk skjer ikke dette. VERBAL SUBJEKT

ADVERB

saw a ghost yesterday.

ADVERB

Yesterday

gs ek

ADVERB

Jeg så et spøkelse i går.

ADVERB

se m

På norsk bytter subjektet og verbalet plass når en setning begynner med adverb.

VERBAL SUBJEKT

I saw a ghost.

115

Out of This World

5 a b c d e f

Translate these sentences that start with adverbs to English. Dessverre regnet det hele helgen. I går fanget jeg en fisk. Noen ganger kommer han sent. Forhåpentligvis snør det snart. For å være helt ærlig bryr jeg meg ikke lenger. Iblant blir «senere» til «aldri». Gjør det nå.

se m

Translate these sentences that start with adverbs to Norwegian. Later the unicorn arrived. Tomorrow is a new day! Tonight there will be a full moon. Sometimes I get a funny feeling. Yesterday, all my troubles seemed so far away. Sometimes my cat stays out all night. Hopefully it’s not over yet.

gs ek

6 Finding suitable adverbs Write 3–5 sentences about the picture below. Each sentence must contain at least one adverb. Look at the example sentence. Remember that many adverbs can be made by adding -ly to an adjective.

Example: She is a quick skater. She skates quickly.

LANGUAGE WORK

4 a b c d e f g

116

Out of This World

7 Adverbs that tell how often a Organise the adverbs correctly from always to never. rarely – often – sometimes – seldom – usually always – ___ – ___ – ___ – ___ – ___ – never

b Tell a partner about yourself by using the adverbs below. Examples: I often play football. I always make my bed. I sometimes cook dinner. I never skip breakfast.

gs ek

se m

usually rarely always never seldom sometimes frequently often

8 Guess the adverb Work with a partner. Choose one of the adverbs from the word cloud. Mime the adverb for your partner and let him or her guess your adverb. Take turns miming adverbs from the word cloud with your partner.

horrible nervouslyhungrily wildly awkwardlycuietly secretly politely

carefully noisily lazily inpatiently sweetly surprisingly incredibly energetically

9 Find someone who ... Your teacher will give you a form. Walk around the room and find a classmate who matches each description and write their name in the box. You can only use each classmate one time. The person who fills out the most boxes wins.

117

Out of This World

Å SKRIVE OM SKJØNNLITTERATUR WRITING ABOUT FICTION

literature litteratur fiction skjønnlitteratur

Writing about fiction: Title Author Genre Narrator Setting Character Plot Conflict Theme Reflection

gs ek

se m

forfatter = writer or author

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 2

This writing lesson teaches you • words you need to write about fiction • how to write about fiction

118

INTRODUSER TEKSTEN INTRODUCE THE TEXT Når du skriver om en tekst, må du først introdusere teksten du skriver om. Du må si noe om tittel, forfatter og sjanger. For å gjøre det, kan du svare på disse spørsmålene. What is the name of the story? Who wrote it? What kind of story is it?

The title of the story is ... It was written by ... This is a crime/fantasy/sci-fi/comedy ...

gs ek

se m

Out of This World

ANALYSER TEKSTEN ANALYSE THE TEXT

Etter at du har introdusert teksten du skriver om er det flere ting du kan se nærmere på. Du kan for eksempel se på disse elementene: fortellerstemme, miljø, karakterer, handling, konflikt og tema.

Fortellerstemme Narrator Who tells the story? The story has a third person narrator. The narrator of the story is a young boy ... Miljø Setting Where and when does it happen? What is it like there? The setting is ... The story takes place ... The story is set in ... Karakterer Characters Who is the story about? Are they people? Animals? Fantasy creatures? How would you describe them? The main character is ... Other important characters are ...

119

Out of This World

Handling Plot How does the story start? What happens? How does it end? Which scene is memorable and why? In the beginning of the story ... Then ... A memorable scene is when ...

gs ek

se m

Konflikt Conflict What is the main problem or struggle? How is it solved? The main conflict in the story is ... The problem is solved when ...

Tema Theme What is the story really about? What is the main idea? The theme is ...

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 2

Writing about characters Background: What is the character’s background? (nationality, age, family, school, friends, problems) Looks: What does the character look like? Personality: What is the character’s personality? Actions and speech: What does the character do and say? Motivation: Why is the character the way he or she is?

120

memorable uforglemmelig

Out of This World

REFLEKTER OVER TEKSTEN REFLECT ON THE TEXT Når du har analysert en litterær tekst kan du avslutte med et avsnitt som inneholder dine egne tanker om, og reaksjoner på, historien. Her en noen setningsstartere du kan bruke. I think the story is ... In my opinion ... I can relate to how ... feels when he ... I would recommend it to ... I didn’t really like the story because ...

pl se m

Down 2 tittel 3 karakter 4 sakprosa 5 forfatter 7 refleksjon 9 miljø 11 tema

gs ek

Across 1 handling 6 skjønnlitteratur 8 sjanger 10 litteratur 12 novelle 13 konflikt 14 roman

1 Get a crossword from your teacher. Translate these literary terms to English to finish it.

2 Choose any book of fiction (from your classroom, library, or home). What is the book’s title? Who is the author? What genre is it?

3 Translate the adjectives in the word cloud to Norwegian.

Adjectives to describe texts

brilliant

heartbreaking scary funny

touching sad romantic realistic boring

complicated powerful

exciting

121

Out of This World

gs ek

se m

5 Imagine that this picture is the setting of a story you are reading. Describe the setting in 3–5 sentences.

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 2

4 Choose a story you have read. Which three adjectives best describe the text? Use the adjectives in a sentence that tells what the text is about. It is a ... story about ... It tells the ... story of ...

122

6 Imagine that the teen in the picture is the main character of a story. Write a short (3–5 sentences) description of this character. You may include both what you can see (his looks) and what you cannot see (his inner qualities).

123

Out of This World

7 What was your favorite book as a child? Briefly re-tell the plot of this story. Remember to use sequence words. My favorite story as a child was ... This is what happens. ...

th en

ER fi

na l

rs fi

gs ek

se m

8 Imagine that this image is from a short story. What is the conflict?

9 Choose a novel or short story you have read. Which scene was memorable and why? Write one paragraph. Include details from the story. 10 Choose a novel or short story you have read. Write a one-paragraph reflection on the story (your thoughts and reactions, similar experiences, opinion, recommendation). 11 Write a five-paragraph analysis of a novel or short story you have read. Follow this outline: 1 Introduction: title, author, genre 2 Body A Setting B Character C Plot and conflict 3 Conclusion: theme and reflections

LAT

M aking a Differe nce

pl se m gs ek in er rd

CHAPTER 3

Making a Difference Vu

124

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

Chapter Focus

gs ek

se m

• reading, writing and speaking about people who have changed the world for the better • using present and past continuous • recognising and using formal and informal language

125

M aking a Differe nce

Banksy – The Secret Street Artist

gs ek

se m

Banksy is the pseudonym of a British street artist. No one knows who he really is. His artwork can pop up anywhere, overnight. People get excited each time a new Banksy work appears. Banksy uses his artwork to tell us something important. He makes the powerful images with stencils and spray paint.

STARTING POINT

Search for images of street art on the internet. Find a work of art you like, show it to your classmates and explain what you like about it.

126

gs ek

se m

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

Á It is believed that it was Banksy who spray-painted the words I DON’T BELIEVE IN GLOBAL WARMING along Regent’s Canal in London. The letters seem to disappear below the rising water.

Ï Slave Labour appeared on the wall of a shop in London. The shop sold cheap goods made by child workers.

pseudonym dekknavn street artist gatekunstner pop up dukke opp overnight over natten appears kommer til syne stencils sjablong labour arbeidskraft goods varer embrace omfavner hverandre

127

gs ek

se m

M aking a Differe nce

128

Á Mobile Lovers appeared on a wall in Bristol. A loving couple embrace, but instead of looking into each other’s eyes, their eyes are fixed on their mobile phones.

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

129 TASKS

UNDERSTANDING 1 a b c

Answer the questions. Who is Banksy? Where did the work of art Slave Labour appear? How does Banksy make it seem as if the water level is rising in I DON’T BELIEVE IN GLOBAL WARMING? d What do you see in Mobile Lovers?

VIEWPOINTS

gs ek

se m

2 Discuss the questions. a How old do you think the boy in the picture Slave Labour is? b The work of art appeared on the wall of a shop that sold goods produced by child labour. Why is this background information important to understand the picture? c What do you think the message in I DON’T BELIEVE IN GLOBAL WARMING is? d In what way is I DON’T BELIEVE IN GLOBAL WARMING ironic? e In what way does Mobile Lovers criticise our modern society? f What is your reaction to Mobile Lovers? g Which artwork do you like the best? Why? h Do you think street art can make a difference? Can it change the way we think, feel or behave, or help solve social problems? Explain. i Why do you think Banksy wants to keep his true identity a secret?

SPEAKING SPOT

3 Use the internet to find other works of art by Banksy. Which is your favourite? Present it to your classmates.

DIGITAL DIVE 4 Use the internet to find more information about Banksy and his work. a Find a video of what happened when Banksy’s famous picture Girl with Balloon was sold at an auction in London in 2018. b Find more information about who Banksy is. Write 3–4 sentences about what you find.

M aking a Differe nce

se m

One morning an old man was walking slowly along the beach. He was picking his way between thousands of starfish stranded on the sand. In the distance he saw a young girl. Again and again the girl bent down, stood up and cast her arm toward the sea. Was it a new kind of exercise? As he got closer, he saw that the girl was throwing starfish back into the sea, one after the other. “Young one,” the old man said. “Why are you doing this?” “The tide is going out,” she explained. “The starfish won’t survive unless I return them to the sea.” The old man laughed. “But there are thousands of starfish on this beach. You are wasting your time. You cannot possibly make a difference.” At first the girl looked hurt, then thoughtful. She paused. Then she bent down, picked up another starfish and threw it into the water. Standing up straight, she looked up at the old man and said, “I made a difference to that one!” Based on The Star Thrower by Loren Eiseley. eley.

TASKS

starfish sjøstjerne urgent viktig difference forskjell local community lokalsamfunn picking his way tråkket forsiktig stranded drevet i land in the distance langt borte cast kastet exercise treningsøvelse tide tidevann survive overleve wasting your time kaster bort tiden din thoughtful tankefull

The Starfish

gs ek

STARTING POINT

Draw a starfish. In each arm of the starfish, write a small act that you can do to make a positive difference at home, at school or in your local community.

130

UNDERSTANDING 1 a b c d

Answer the questions. Where does the story take place? What is the girl doing? How does the old man react? What does the girl tell the old man?

VIEWPOINTS 2 Discuss the questions. a What is the theme of this story? b To make somebody’s day means to make someone happy by doing something. Think of a time when someone made your day. What happened? How did it make you feel?

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

SPEAKING SPOT 3 Imagine that there are more people on the beach that morning: a jogger, a fisherman, a surfer, and a swimmer. What do they do and say? In small groups role play the situation.

CREATIVE CORNER

gs ek

4 Mime this story. Work in pairs.

se m

Speaking Prompts That’s no use. How kind of you! What on earth is she doing? What a waste of time! Can I help? Let me give you a hand.

LISTENING SKILLS

5 Listen to the information about starfish and decide if the statements are true or false. a Starfish is the correct name because they are fish. b All starfish have five arms. c If a starfish loses an arm, it can grow back. d Starfish can only live in salt water. e There are about 200 different species of starfish. f Starfish pump water instead of blood through their bodies. g Starfish sometimes eat fish.

164

LANGUAGE LAB 6 Present continuous Translate the conversation using the present continuous tense. Discuss why we use the present continuous in these sentences. a Hva gjør du (holder du på med)? b Jeg redder (holder på med å redde) sjøstjerner. Tidevannet er på vei ut. Disse sjøstjernene holder på å dø. c Du kaster bort tiden. d Men jeg gjør en forskjell for denne.

131

M aking a Differe nce

Translate each word to Norwegian. a carpenter b countryside c neighbor

d farm e argument f calf

g stubborn h fence i crick

j box of tools k divide l lumber

m nails n bridge o tale

FOLKTALE

se m

Old Joe and the Carpenter er

gs ek

Old Joe lived way out in the countryside, and he had one good neighbor. They’d been friends all their lives. And now that their spouses were buried and their children raised, all they had left were their farms ... and each other. But for the first time they’d had an argument. It was over a stray calf that neither of them really needed. It seemed as if the calf was found on Joe’s neighbor’s land, and so he claimed it as his own. But Old Joe said: “No, that calf has the same markings as my favorite cow, and I recognize it as being mine.” Well, they were both a bit stubborn, so they just stopped talking to each other. Is seemed that a dark cloud had settled over Old Joe until there came a knock on his door one week later. He wasn’t expecting anybody that morning, and as he opened the door, he saw a young woman who had a box of tools on her shoulder. She had a kind voice and dark, deep eyes, and she said, “I’m a carpenter, and I’m looking for a bit of work. Maybe you have some small jobs that I could help with?” While they were eating and talking, Joe decided that he liked this young carpenter, and he said, “I do have a job for you. Look right there through my kitchen window. See that farm over there? That’s my neighbor’s place. And you see that crick running right down there between our property lines? That crick, it wasn’t there last week. My neighbor did that to spite me. He took his plow up there, and he dug a big old

carpenter snekker way out langt ut spouses ektefeller buried begravet raised oppdratt argument krangel stray her: bortkommen calf kalv neither of them ingen av dem claimed it as his own hevdet at den var hans recognize gjenkjenner stubborn sta settled slått seg til expecting ventet box of tools verktøykasse crick bekk spite plage plow plog dug (dig) gravde

STARTING POINT

Think of a time you had an argument with a friend. How did you become friends again?

132

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

gs ek

se m

furrow from the upper pond and flooded it. Well, I want you to do one better. Since he wants us divided that way, you go out there and build me a fence – a big, tall fence – so I don’t have to see his place anymore!” And the carpenter said, “Well, if you have the lumber and the nails, I’ve got my tools and I’ll be able to build something that you’ll like.” Joe had to go to town to get some supplies, so he hitched up the wagon and showed the carpenter where everything was in the barn. The carpenter carried everything she needed down to the crick and started to work. The carpenter’s work went smooth and fast. She did her measuring and her sawing and her nailing. It was about sunset when Old Joe returned, and the carpenter had finished her work. When Old Joe pulled up in that wagon, his eyes opened wide and his mouth fell open. There wasn’t a fence there at all. It was a bridge, going from one side of the crick to the other! It had handrails and all – a fine piece of work – and his neighbor was just starting to cross the bridge with his hand stuck out, and he was saying, “Joe, you’re quite a fellow to build this bridge. I’da never been able to do that. I’m so glad we’re going to be friends again!” And Joe, he put his arm around his neighbor and said, “Oh, that calf is yours, I’ve known it all the time. I just want to be your friend, too.” About that time, the carpenter started putting her tools in the box and then hoisted it onto her shoulder and started to walk away. And Joe said, “Wait, come back, young carpenter. I want you to stay on. I’ve got lots of projects for you.” The carpenter just smiled and said, “I’d like to stay on, Joe, but you see, I can’t. I’ve got more bridges to build.” So she walked on and there ends this tale.

furrow fure, renne pond dam flooded satte under vann do one better overgå divided delt lumber trelast nails spiker supplies forsyninger hitched up festet (vogna til hesten) barn låve smooth her: uten problemer measuring måle opp sunset solnedgang handrails rekkverk cross gå over I’da never (I would have never) jeg ville aldri hoisted heiste stay on bli værende

133

M aking a Differe nce

1 a b c d e f

Answer the questions. How long have Old Joe and his neighbor been friends? What do they argue over? What does his neighbor do to spite Old Joe? Why does Old Joe ask the carpenter to build a fence? What does the carpenter build instead? What happens when the neighbor crosses the bridge?

gs ek

se m

2 Answer the questions for analysis. Narrator: Who tells the story? Setting: Where and when does the story take place? Characters: Who is the story about? Plot: What happens in the story? Conflict: What is the problem? Theme: What is the story really about?

TEXT ANALYSIS

VIEWPOINTS

3 First sentences Copy the first sentence of the story. Does the sentence tell about setting, characters or both? Does the writer use a first person or third person narrator? Find word clues.

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

4 Discuss the questions. a Why do you think the carpenter builds a bridge instead of a fence? b How do you think the story would have ended if the carpenter had built a fence instead of a bridge? c What does the carpenter mean when she says “I’ve got more bridges to build”? d What is the message of this folktale?

134

A folktale is a story that is told and passed down from generation to generation. Many folktales have been written down so they will not be forgotten, and we can continue to learn from them. Fables and fairy tales also belong to this oral tradition.

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

CREATIVE CORNER 5 Role play a Work in groups of three. Role-play the story of Joe and the Carpenter. b Work in groups of two. Role-play what happens after the carpenter leaves. What do Joe and his neighbor do and talk about?

se m

6 Pronouncing words with j and g. Practice saying these sentences aloud with a partner. a Old Joe gave George a gift. b The job was to build a bridge. c I dig playing dodge ball with my dog. d The egg is on the edge of the table. e Jane said, “No pain, no gain.” f Go, Joe, go!

SPEAKING SPOT

gs ek

LANGUAGE LAB

7 Find the correct form of the verb in these sentences from the text. a Joe ___ not expecting anybody that morning b While they ____ eating and talking, Joe decided that he liked this young carpenter. c His neighbour ____ just starting to cross the bridge. d “I ____ looking for a bit of work”, the carpenter said. e The neighbour said “I am so glad we ____ going to be friends again.”

WRITING WORKSHOP

8 Write a poem inspired by this story. Use the title “Building Bridges”.

Life’s most urgent question is: What are you doing for others? Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.

135

M aking a Differe nce

The Smell of Soup and the Sound of Money se m

Characters: Narrator Young man Old lady Restaurant owner Judge Assistant Props: Piece of bread Soup sign Soup pot Five coins

gs ek

This short play is based on an old tale.

Narrator: In a city not far from here a poor and hungry old lady is begging on the street. A young man comes along. Old lady: (holding out her hand) Please, help a poor soul. I am starving. Young man: (kindly) I don’t have any money, but I have this piece of bread. Here, take it. Old lady: Thank you. God bless you. Young man: Good luck to you. (He leaves quickly.) Old lady: I wish I had something good to eat with this bread. Narrator: Across the street there is a restaurant. Outside there is a sign for soup. The old lady crosses the street slowly and goes to the restaurant. At the door the restaurant owner stops her. Owner: (angrily) What are you doing here, old lady! This is no place for beggars. Get out of here! Old lady: Help me, please. I have this bread, but nothing to eat with it. Can you give me some soup? Owner: Can you pay? Old lady: I have no money. Owner: My soup is for paying customers only! Now leave. I don’t want to see you here again.

STARTING POINT

There are millions of poor and hungry people in our world. What is our responsibility towards them?

136

narrator forteller judge dommer assistant assistent props utstyr/rekvisitter sign skilt is begging tigger soul sjel starving utsultet bless velsigne beggars tiggere paying betalende customers kunder

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

gs ek

se m

Narrator: The old lady leaves and walks around the corner. The back door to the restaurant is open. It leads to the kitchen. No one is there. The old lady walks in. She sees a steaming pot of vegetable soup. Old lady: (smelling the soup) This soup smells wonderful! Mm ... onion, garlic, tomatoes, carrots, cabbage. Perhaps if I hold my bread over the soup it will pick up its good smell. Narrator: She holds her bread over the soup. Just then the restaurant owner walks in. Owner: (loudly) What are you doing? You are stealing my soup! Old lady: No, no. I promise. I didn’t take any soup! I was only smelling it. Owner: Then you must pay for the smell. Give me five pence.

leads fører til steaming dampende onion løk garlic hvitløk cabbage kål pence flertall av penny (engelsk mynt)

137

M aking a Differe nce

roughly hardt court rettssal carefully her: godt, nøye waving vifter calmly rolig jingles klirrer

gs ek

se m

Old lady: But I have no money. Owner: Then you shouldn’t have entered my kitchen. You will have to pay. Come with me. Narrator: The restaurant owner takes her roughly by the arm and pulls her towards the door. Old lady: Where are you taking me? Owner: To the judge. Narrator: At the court the judge listens carefully to both sides of the story. The restaurant owner is shouting and waving his arms wildly. The old lady is crying softly. Judge: (calmly) So, you want this old lady to pay for the smell of soup? Owner: Of course I do! Judge: But you know she has no money. Owner: That’s not my problem. I want my money. Judge: (to an assistant) Please bring me five pence. Assistant: Yes, Your Honour. I’ll be right back. Owner: (smiling) I knew you would understand. Narrator: The assistant returns with the money. Assistant: (quietly) Here is the money. Judge: (to the restaurant owner) Come closer. Now listen. Narrator: The judge jingles the coins in his hands. Judge: Do you hear that sound? Owner: (rubbing his hands together) Yes, it’s a beautiful sound. Judge: You wanted this lady to pay you five pence for the smell of soup. Now I am paying you with the sound of money. Get out of here! Assistant: Come with me. (He leads the restaurant owner out.) Old lady: Thank you, judge. Judge: Take these coins and buy yourself a bowl of soup, good lady.

138

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING Answer the questions. What is the old lady doing on the street? What does the young man give her? Why does the old lady go to the restaurant at first? Why does the restaurant owner tell her to leave? What kind of soup does she find in the restaurant kitchen? Why does she hold her bread over the soup? What does the owner demand from the old lady? Where does he take her? What does the judge pay the owner with? What does the judge give the old lady?

1 a b c d e f g h i j

VIEWPOINTS

se m

Discuss what you think the message of this story is. Not everything has a price. We must be kind to the poor. It is important to decide between right and wrong. All of the above.

gs ek

2 • • • •

139

CREATIVE CORNER

3 Act out the play in class. Can you memorize your lines? Remember to bring props!

Props are objects used by actors on stage during a play, like hats, bags, glasses, furniture, etc.

SPEAKING SPOT 4 Pronouncing words with j and g. Practice saying these sentences aloud with a partner. a Judge Gordon gave Jesse some grapes. b Good golly Miss Molly is jolly! c Give that goose some orange juice. d Has John gone to the lodge? e Can you guess what happened to Jess? f Did Jerry order ginger tea or green tea?

140

M aking a Differe nce

TASKS

WRITING WORKSHOP 5 Look at the photo on page 137. Imagine the woman is 14 years old. What were her dreams for the future? Write a poem or a diary entry.

113

6 Adverbs Adverbs tell us more about verbs. Stage directions often use adverbs to tell how something should be said or done. Many adverbs are formed by adding -ly to adjectives. Find the correct adverb form of the adjective in brackets. a He left quickly (quick). b He smiled ___ (kind). c She walked ___ (slow). d He spoke ___ (loud). e He took her arm ___ (rough). f She cried ___ (soft). g He waved his arms ___ (wild). h He listened ___ (careful). i He spoke ___ (angry).

gs ek

se m

Stage directions are instructions that explain how a play should be performed.

LANGUAGE LAB

7 Choose the best adverb for each verb from the list below and make a sentence. Use each adverb once.

loudly

sadly

peacefully

a b c d e f g h

slowly

calmly

quietly

quickly

swim – She swam calmly across the lake. laugh – sleep – run – read – sing – shout – drive –

angrily

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

Thomas Edison Interview

gs ek

se m

Thomas Edison (1847–1931) is one of the greatest inventors in American history. During his lifetime, he came up with over 1000 inventions. He gave us the phonograph, electric light and movies. But he did more than just invent. In Menlo Park, New Jersey, Edison put together teams of scientists and engineers in the world’s first research and development laboratory. He called it his “invention factory”. One of the many companies he founded, General Electric, is one of the world’s largest today. In many ways Edison helped create the modern industrial world. Listen to this interview with Mr Edison.

inventor oppfinner inventions oppfinnelser scientists forskere engineers ingeniører research and development forskning og utvikling

Do you know what these words mean?

invent

inventor

invention

STARTING POINT

List five products you could not live without. Then answer these questions: Do any of the products use electricity? Do any record or play sound? Do any show moving pictures? Did you answer “yes” to any of these questions? Then thank the American inventor Thomas Edison!

141

M aking a Differe nce Hah! I only went to school for three months! At school they thought something was wrong with me. I didn’t pay attention and asked too many questions.

gs ek

se m

didn’t pay attention fulgte ikke med

I have not failed. I’ve just found 10,000 ways that won’t work.

Thomas Edison in his laboratory, 1910

142

The phonograph was a machine for recording and replaying sound. The telegraph used electric current to send messages over long distances in Morse code. electric current elektrisk strøm

Thomas Edison

Glossary for the recorded text retire pensjonere seg poor hearing dårlig hørsel addled skrullete curious nysgjerrig figure out finne ut fascinating fascinerende science vitenskap

mess rot cellar kjeller laboratory labratorium accidents ulykker runaway løpsk improve forbedre library bibliotek stock room lagerrom

workshop verksted mass producing masseprodusere light bulb lyspære thread tråd sneeze nyse succeed lykkes

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

143 TASKS

LISTENING SKILLS

gs ek

se m

1 Multiple choice Choose the correct answer. a How long did Thomas Edison attend school? A three weeks B three months C three years b What disadvantage did Thomas Edison have? A poor eyesight B addled brains C bad hearing c What school subjects was Edison good at? A reading B writing C mathematics d What was his first job? A He worked as a farm hand. B He sold newspapers on the trains. C He operated the telegraph. e How many materials did Edison test to find a filament that worked? A 1000 B 2000 C 3000 f After the light bulb, what did people call Edison? A The Wizard of Menlo Park B The Wizard of Oz C The Electricity Wizard g What was the first line ever recorded on a phonograph? A God bless America. B Mary had a little lamb. C Glory, Glory, Hallelujah h What did people see in an early movie that made them run from their seats? A tiger B train C gun

Genius is one per cent inspiration, and 99 per cent perspiration. Thomas Edison

perspiration svette

M aking a Differe nce

2 Discuss the questions. a What does “Genius is one per cent inspiration, and 99 per cent perspiration” mean? b What would a day without electricity be like for you?

SPEAKING SPOT

gs ek

CREATIVE CORNER

se m

3 Zip, Zap, Zop Practice the “z” sound by playing this game. In small groups, stand in a circle. The player who starts the game sends a bolt of electricity to another player by pointing and saying “ZIP” to that person. Then that player points quickly to someone else and says “ZAP.” This player passes it on with a “ZOP” The game continues, “zip, zap, zop ...” If there is a mistake, continue playing. Play for 2–3 minutes.

4 My invention Come up with an idea for a useful invention. What does your invention do? What is it called? Make a sketch with text. Be creative!

DIGITAL DIVE

TASKS

VIEWPOINTS

5 These are some famous inventions created by other inventors. Choose one and find out more about its history. Who invented it? When? What does it do? Share your findings with your classmates.

144

stop sign

zip

refrigerator

telegraph bicycle telephone calculator airplane steamboat

camera printing press laser electric traffic light

Rubik’s cube

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

6 Memory game Study the inventions word cloud for one minute. Then cover the word cloud. Write down as many of the inventions as you can remember. Who in your class remembered the most?

LANGUAGE LAB

say good-bye test explode leave understand confused make a plan organize

A B C D E F G H

mixed up blow up figure out set up try out come up with get away see off

se m

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

7 Phrasal verbs Match the phrasal verb from the interview with its meaning.

noun invention ___ ___ interview work ___ ___ improvement ___ success

a b c d e f g h i j

verb invent inspire perspire ___ ___ operate employ ___ permit ___

gs ek

8 Find the missing verb or noun. Then choose five of the words and write sentences of your own.

9 Spelling words with sc and cc Add the missing letters, sc or cc. Then use the words in sentences of your own. a b c d

__issors su__eed a__ident __ience

e f g h

__ientist a__ent fa__inating mu__le

145

M aking a Differe nce

ar pl se m gs ek in er rd

STARTING POINT

Sometimes when we listen to a song, it moves us. It makes us feel sad, happy, hopeful, energetic etc. Have you experienced this? Which song was it, and how did it make you feel?

146

Mariah Carey, Bob Geldof and Paul McCartney perform at the Live 8 concert in Hyde Park, London, 2005. The concert was held in support of the Make Poverty History campaign.

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce In 1985, forty-five American artists joined together and recorded “We Are the World” to raise money for people suffering from hunger and poverty in Africa. Michael Jackson and Lionel Richie wrote the song. It was easy to remember and sing along to, and it became one of the most successful singles in music history. All in all, “We are the World” raised more than $63 million for humanitarian aid. That’s a powerful song!

MICHAEL JACKSON AND LIONEL RICHIE

se m

There comes a time when we heed a certain call When the world must come together as one There are people dying And it’s time to lend a hand to life The greatest gift of all

We Are the World

gs ek

We can’t go on pretending day by day That someone somewhere will soon make a change We are all part of God’s great, big family And the truth, you know, Love is all we need

We are the world, we are the children We are the ones to make a brighter day So let’s start giving There’s a choice we’re making We’re saving our own lives It’s true we’ll make a better day Just you and me Send them your heart so they’ll know that someone cares And their lives will be stronger and free As God has shown us by turning stones to bread So we all must lend a helping hand When you’re down and out, there seems no hope at all But if you just believe there’s no way we can fall Let us realize that a change can only come When we stand together as one

joined together kom sammen recorded spilte inn raise money samle inn penger suffering from lider under poverty fattigdom humanitarian aid humanitær hjelp we heed a certain call vi hører ropet lend a hand gi en hjelpende hånd pretending late som brighter lysere cares bryr seg om down and out helt nede, trist

147

M aking a Differe nce

1 “We Are the World” was made to raise money to help starving people in Ethiopia. What other ways of raising money to help people in a difficult situation can you think of?

CREATIVE CORNER 2 Think about a cause you would like to raise money for. Make a song, a rap, a flyer, a Power Point presentation, a short film, a photo story or a poster to convince people to support your cause.

LANGUAGE LAB

se m

3 Make an illustration which you think illustrates the message of the song ”We Are the World”. Draw, use photos you find, or take your own photos for the illustration.

gs ek

164 4 Present simple or present continuous:

Find the correct form of the verb to be: You are standing in the middle of the road. I ___ trying to raise money for starving people. She ___ hoping to help many children. There’s a choice we ___ making. My father ___ working on a new song right now. Can I call you back? A friend of mine ___ singing on TV right now. g The people who ___ standing over there, are my classmates. h We ___ hoping to change the situation soon.

5 a b c d e f

Why do the lyrics go “There are people dying”? What does the -ing form here tell us?

TASKS

SPEAKING SPOT

148

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

164 6 Present simple or present continuous? Find the correct

se m

form of the verb. Discuss why you chose the simple present or the present continuous. a Theo plays/is playing the piano every day after school. b What are you doing? We are making/make a new song. c Look! Sarah is leaving/leaves the party! Where do you think she is going/goes? d I sing/am singing in the shower every day. e Right now, millions of people starve/are starving. f She reads/is reading in bed every night. g Dad is busy right now. He is helping/helps your sister with her homework. h I think/am thinking about you almost every day. i Why are you walking/do you walk to school every day when you could ride your bike? j Please be quiet, we listen/are listening to the news.

gs ek

7 This song text has many contracted forms. Find the eight lines in the song that have contractions and rewrite them in more formal style. it’s it is

149

M aking a Differe nce

Stop Photoshop ar

se m

gs ek

petition underskriftskampanje signed skrevet under på images bilder tanned solbrune bulging svulmende biceps overarmsmuskler glossy magazines ukeblader editors redaktører altered endrede activists aktivister signatures underskrifter headquarters hovedkontor strategy strategi, plan unchanged her: uredigerte

Change.org is a website where anyone can start a campaign for change. Other people sign their names to show support.

Images of super skinny models with perfect skin and hair, and tanned men with six-packs and bulging biceps fill social media, the internet and the pages of glossy magazines. But these pictures do not always tell the truth. They are the result of computer magic. Apps and filters allow us to change our looks in the photos we post on social media. Website and magazine editors use Photoshop to make models look thinner, taller and stronger than they are in real life. The average teen sees hundreds of photoshopped images a day. These altered pictures create unrealistic ideas about beauty, and what is normal and healthy. Julia Bluhm, a teen activist from Maine in the USA, wanted to see pictures of normal girls like herself in the magazines she read. So she decided to do something. She started a campaign on Change.org against the use of photoshopping in Seventeen, a popular magazine for young girls. She hoped that if enough people signed her petition maybe the magazine would listen. That is just what happened. More than 84,000 people signed Julia’s petition. “I didn’t think it was going to get this big,” she said. She brought the signatures to Seventeen’s headquarters in New York. Her strategy worked! The magazine editors agreed to print one set of unchanged pictures per month. This is the campaign text that Julia posted online:

STARTING POINT

A petition is a campaign for change that many people sign to show their support. Why do people start petitions? Have you ever signed a petition? What was it for?

150

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

gs ek

se m

Julia Bluhm (middle) and two of her friends protesting outside the headquarters of Seventeen. Would you have signed their petition?

Give Girls Images of Real Girls! Girls want to be accepted, appreciated, and liked. And when they don’t fit the criteria, some girls try to “fix” themselves. This can lead to eating disorders, dieting, depression, and low self-esteem. I’m in a ballet class with a bunch of high-school girls. On a daily basis I hear comments like: “It’s a fat day,” and “I ate well today, but I still feel fat.” Ballet dancers do get a lot of flack about their bodies, but it’s not just ballet dancers who feel the pressure to be “pretty”. It’s everyone. To girls today, the word “pretty” means skinny and blemish-free. Why is that, when so few girls actually fit into such a narrow category? It’s because the media tells us that “pretty” girls are impossibly thin with perfect skin. Here’s what lots of girls don’t know. Those “pretty women” that we see in magazines are fake. They’re often photoshopped, airbrushed, edited to look thinner, and to appear like they have

appreciated verdsatt criteria kriterier, betingelser eating disorders spiseforstyrrelser dieting slanking depression depresjon low self-esteem lav selvtillit a bunch mange flack kritikk blemish-free feilfri, perfekt narrow smal, trang air-brushed malt med sprøytepistol edited redigert, bearbeidet appear like se ut som

151

M aking a Differe nce perfect skin. A girl you see in a magazine probably looks a lot different in real life. As part of SPARK Movement, a girl- fueled, national activist movement, I’ve been fighting to stop magazines, toy companies, and other big businesses from creating products, photo spreads and ads that hurt girls and break our self-esteem. With SPARK, I’ve learned that we have the power to fight back. That’s why I’m asking Seventeen Magazine to commit to printing one unaltered – real – photo spread per month. I want to see regular girls that look like me in a magazine that’s supposed to be for me. For the sake of all the struggling girls all over America, who read Seventeen and think these fake images are what they should be, I’m stepping up. I know how hurtful these photoshopped images can be. I’m a teenage girl, and I don’t like what I see. None of us do. Will you join us by signing this petition and asking Seventeen to take a stand as well and commit to one unaltered photo spread a month?

se m

girl-fueled startet og drevet av jenter activist movement aktivistbevegelse photo spreads bildeoppslag ads = advertisements reklame commit to printing forplikte seg til å trykke for the sake of på vegne av struggling som sliter I’m stepping up jeg tar ansvar hurtful sårende none ingen take a stand ta et standpunkt

gs ek

Photoshopped - or not?

152

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING True or False? If the statement is false, write what is true. Pictures in social media and glossy magazines tell the truth. Julia Bluhm is a teen activist. Seventeen is a newspaper. Many people signed Julia’s petition. Seventeen agreed to stop using Photoshop. Girls can get problems when they feel their bodies are not right. Julia often hears other ballet dancers say they feel fat. The media tells us “pretty” means impossibly thin with perfect skin. Most girls know that images of models are photoshopped.

1 a b c d e f g h i

153

VIEWPOINTS

gs ek

se m

2 Discuss the following questions. a What message about beauty do we get from the media? b How do pictures in social media and glossy magazines make us feel about our own bodies? c What problems can we get if we are unhappy about the way we look? d Do you think it is ok that media images are photoshopped? Why or why not? e Some people say photoshopped pictures should be labelled. What do you think?

A real girl isn’t perfect and a perfect girl isn’t real. Harry Styles

More tasks

154

M aking a Differe nce

gs ek

se m

TASKS Nicolay Lamm: Average Barbie. The artist used the measurements of an average American woman and made a 3-D model doll to show the difference between a “normal” woman and the Barbie doll. “A realistically proportioned Barbie actually looks pretty good,” says Lamm. What do you think?

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

DIGITAL DIVE 3 Visit the Change.org website or another online petition website and choose a campaign that you support. Sign the petition if you like. In class, tell your classmates about the campaign you chose.

Be the change you want to see in the world. ar

SPEAKING SPOT

se m

4 Search the internet for before and after pictures or videos of celebrities and models that have been edited with Photoshop. Use the search words: photoshop before after. Present what you find in small groups. Tell each other how the pictures have been changed.

gs ek

5 Pronouncing j and y Here are some words from the text starting with j or y. Say them aloud: Julia – young – just – you – join

Sometimes getting the pronunciation of j and y right decides the meaning of a word, such as in the word pairs below. Use an online dictionary and listen to the words below. Then practice saying the words with a partner. jello = gele yellow = gul

joke = spøk yolk = eggeplomme

jet = jetfly yet = ennå

Jess = et jentenavn yes = ja

yam = søtpotet jam = syltetøy

jail = fengsel Yale = et kjent, Amerikansk universitet

British English: jelly

American English: jello

155

M aking a Differe nce

VOCABULARY 7 Photoshopping Match the technique with what it does.

makes dark skin look lighter removes wrinkles and blemishes moves a head to a different body makes bodies look taller makes muscles stand out makes something look bigger makes skin look sun-tanned makes bodies look thinner

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

se m

airbrushing ... slimming ... shadowing ... stretching ... tanning ... whitewashing ... head-switching ... enhancing ...

gs ek

a b c d e f g h

8 Synonyms Find a word from the text that means the same. The first letter is given. a picture image b shiny g___ c plan s___ d every day d___ e a lot a b___ f thin s___ g unchanged u___ h agree c___ i false f___ j step up take a s___

TASKS

6 Read out loud: One day in July last year, Jess put on her jacket and jumped in the jeep to get some yellow jello at the store. Just when she got there, a young man called Jerry drove away, so she could get a parking spot for her jeep. “Yes!” yelled Jess. She got the jello, some yoghurt and some juice and jumped back into the car.

156

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

LANGUAGE LAB 9 -ing nouns Photoshopping is a noun formed from the verb to photoshop by adding -ing. Each of the techniques described in exercise 7 are nouns made by adding -ing. What verb is each noun formed from? Watch your spelling! -ing noun: tanning

verb: to tan

gs ek

se m

10 Use -ing nouns after prepositions. Finish each sentence with an -ing noun formed from the verb in brackets. a They are the result of ___ (edit). They are the result of editing. b You should take a stand on ___ (photoshop). c This can lead to ___ (diet). d Will you join us by ___ (sign)? e What do you think about ___ (label)? f I am against ___ (airbrush). g The pictures are changed before ___ (print).

167 11 Formal and informal language

Work in pairs and make short role plays about the situations below. Pretend that you are strangers and make sure you are polite and use formal style. • One person asks the other what time it is. • One person asks the other about the directions to the train station. • One person is waiting at a bus stop. The other person passes by, and informs you that there are no buses due to a strike, but there is a taxi stand not far away.

157

M aking a Differe nce

Martin Luther King Jr. stick with holde meg til a great burden to bear en tung byrde å bære

gs ek

se m

What do you think this quote means? Do you agree?

STARTING POINT

I have decided to stick with love. Hate is too great a burden to bear.

158

Killing Trolls With Kindness kindness godhet/snillhet comments sections kommentarfelt harassment trakassering sexual orientation seksuell orientering gender kjønn

Online hate comes in many forms. Hate groups run blogs and websites, they post videos or create social networks on social media. Some haters are not part of an organized group, they just post negative messages on people’s social media and in online comments sections. People who do this are sometimes called social media trolls, and the activity is called trolling. We call online harassment based on race, religion, sexual orientation, gender, etc. hate speech.

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce celebrities kjendiser victims ofre mental health issues psykiske helseplager received mottatt nasty slem bullying mobbende increasing økende harmful skadelig ignore ignorere solution løsning responding å svare abusive her: krenkende, nedsettende in the same manner på samme måte defend forsvare rude frekk icon profilbilde whiten bleke turned the conversation around snudde samtalen rundt received mottok apology unnskylding appreciate sette pris på

gs ek

se m

Hate speech has become a big problem. Celebrities are often victims of this. Some famous people actually find that social media is more trouble than it is worth. They have had to close down their accounts or seek help because of mental health issues caused by hate speech. In recent years, many children and teenagers have reported seeing hateful or racist messages online. The number of children and teenagers who have received nasty or bullying messages online is also increasing. Studies have shown that negative comments in social media are harmful to our mental health. How should we respond to hateful messages? Should we ignore them? Should we respond in the same manner to scare the trolls away? Should we defend ourselves? The American podcaster Abdul Dremali has found a solution that works for him. Instead of responding to abusive messages with insults, he responds with kindness. Once, when a person gave him a rude, racist comment, Abdul responded with a compliment: “U look really cool in your icon. What do you use to whiten your teeth like that?” This quickly turned the conversation around. The person explained that he was having a bad day, and in the end, Abdul even received an apology. This is how the other person apologised: “Appreciate it. Well sorry to have been rude, man. Have a good night.”

No one is born hating another person because of the color of his skin, or his background, or his religion. People must learn to hate, and if they can learn to hate, they can be taught to love, for love comes more naturally to the human heart than its opposite. Nelson Mandela

be taught (teach) bli lært opposite motsatt

159

M aking a Differe nce

1 a b c

Answer the questions. What is trolling? Who are often victims of hate speech? What did Abdul Dremail do when he received a hateful message?

VIEWPOINTS Discuss the questions. Have you seen hate speech online? Where? Why do you think people post hateful messages online? Do you think Abdul’s idea of responding to hate with kindness is a good idea? Why or why not? d What advice would you give a friend who received a hateful message?

Try to explain these expressions in your own words: hateful harassment trolling kindness

3 a b c d

gs ek

VOCABULARY

se m

2 a b c

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

WRITING WORKSHOP

160

4 Imagine that you discover that a friend has posted the message below to a classmate on social media. Write a message where you try to convince him or her to delete the post.

What you did in class today was so stupid! You are the biggest LOSER EVER!!! Why don’t you change schools??

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

SPEAKING SPOT

gs ek

se m

5 Story Telling Work in groups. Your teacher will give you a pile of cards with pictures on them. Place the cards with the pictures facing down. Take turns picking up cards and use the pictures to make up a story. The person who picks up the first card, must think of a good way to begin the story. Each picture has to be included in the story. The person who picks up the last card must think of a good ending.

161

M aking a Differe nce

1 Think of an invention, a new way of doing things or a solution to a problem. Prepare a mini presentation about this idea and present it to your class.

gs ek

se m

Mini presentation Your presentation should be 2–3 minutes and have: • a heading • key words, phrases and numbers • images • sources used • no reading

2 Find information about a famous person who has been the victim of hate speech and cyberbullying. Prepare a mini presentation. Include these points: • Who was the victim and what is he or she famous for? • What happened? • How did the person deal with the harassment? • What is your opinion about what happened and how the famous person dealt with it?

WRITING PRACTICE

SPEAK & WRITE

ORAL PRACTICE

3 Write a personal text called “That Made My Day” about a time when someone made your day.

162

4 This chapter presents many people who have changed the world for the better. Write a text about someone that you admire and find inspiring. Present the person and his or her achievements and explain why this person inspires you.

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce Campaign text A good campaign text should answer these questions: • Why is the issue important? Give reasons and facts that show why the issue is important. • Why is it important to you? Talk about your own personal experience with the issue. • Why is it important to others? Talk about how the issue affects others. • What should be done? Tell what you think needs to be done and what you want people to do about it.

5 Campaign for change What change would you like to see in the world? Write your own campaign text, inspired by the text Stop Photoshop.

Remember to plan your text before you write.

gs ek

se m

6 Write a five-paragraph text about online hate speech. Here are some questions you may use to get started: • Why do people use hate speech? • Who are the victims? • What can the effects be? • What can be done about this problem?

163

M aking a Differe nce

PRESENS SAMTIDSFORM PRESENT CONTINUOUS Presens samtidsform bruker vi om noe som skjer akkurat nå, og som kommer til å ta slutt. They are out fishing.

gs ek

se m

Akkurat som med enkel presens må vi ha samsvar mellom subjekt og verbal, men her er det hjelpeverbet to be som må bøyes: I am listening to you. She is listening to you. They are listening to you.

Enkel presens beskriver noe vi gjør regelmessig (sjelden, hver dag, etc.) mens presens samtidsform beskriver en handling eller hendelse som skjer akkurat nå. I listen to music every day. I am listening to music (right now).

Presensformen av to be

Vi danner presens samtidsform ved å bruke presensformen av to be + verb + ing. I am listening to you.

LANGUAGE WORK

PRESENS SAMTIDSFORM OG PRETERITUM SAMTIDSFORM PRESENT CONTINUOUS AND PAST CONTINUOUS

164

I am You are He is She is It is We are You are They are

gs ek

se m

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

1 Work in small groups. Take turns telling each other about things that are going on right now. Each pupil should try to say at least three things. Example: The teacher is writing ... I am wearing ... 2 Present continuous or simple present? Decide which is the correct form and explain why. a Please be quiet, I listen/ am listening to the news. b Please slow down. You drive/ are driving too fast. c I drink/ am drinking tea every morning. d She takes/ is taking the bus to school every day. e Jess is not here. She takes/ is taking a shower. f What time do you get up / are you getting up on Sundays? g Come on, we wait /are waiting for you. h You can turn off the TV because no one watches/ is watching. i He reads/ is reading in bed every night. 3 Write five sentences about what is going on in the traffic intersection above, using the present continuous.

165

M aking a Differe nce

Vi bruker preteritum samtidsform om noe som pågikk da noe annet skjedde. She was listening to a podcast when he called. They were out fishing when they spotted something huge in the water.

Preteritumsformen av to be

gs ek

se m

4 Translate these sentences using the past continuous. a Vennene mine ventet på meg da jeg ankom. My friends were waiting for me when I arrived. b Søsteren min lagde middag da mamma kom hjem. c Hva hadde broren min på seg da du så han? d Busen kjørte for fort da ulykken skjedde. e Jeg så på film da du ringte. f Hvor var du på vei da jeg møtte deg? g De regnet da kampen startet.

Vi danner preteritum samtidsform ved å bruke preteritumsformen av to be + verb + ing. I was listening to you.

I was You were He was She was It was We were You were They were

5 Past continuous or simple past? Decide which is the correct form and explain why. a I didn’t hear / wasn’t hearing the doorbell because I played / was playing on my Xbox. b I played / was playing tennis when I sprained / was spraining my ankle. c I slept / was sleeping then the fire alarm went / was going off. d What did you do / were you doing when the phone rang / was ringing? e We had / were having dinner at a fancy restaurant when we saw / were seeing that the Queen sat / was sitting at the table next to us. f Who did Andrea talk to / was Andrea talking to when you saw / were seeing her? g George swam / was swimming when a shark suddenly appeared / was appearing. h The fire started / was starting when I washed / was washing the car.

LANGUAGE WORK

PRETERITUM SAMTIDSFORM PAST CONTINUOUS

166

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

FORMELT OG UFORMELT SPRÅK FORMAL AND INFORMAL LANGUAGE

gs ek

se m

I dette skrivekurset skal vi se nærmere på hva som kjennetegner formelt og uformelt språk. Vi bruker ulikt språk i ulike situasjoner. I noen situasjoner er vi mer uformelle, for eksempel når vi skriver en melding til familiemedlemmer eller når vi snakker med venner. I andre situasjoner er vi mer formelle, for eksempel hvis vi skriver en jobbsøknad eller holder en tale. Skriftlig språk er ofte mer formelt enn muntlig språk. Læreplanen sier at vi skal lære å skrive uformelle og formelle tekster og at vi skal tilpasse språket til formål, mottaker og situasjon. Vi må altså vurdere hvilken situasjon vi er i, hvem mottakeren er og hva formålet med kommunikasjonen er, og så må vi tilpasse språket til dette.

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 3

This writing lesson teaches you • the differences between formal and informal language • to use the right language style in different situations

167

M aking a Differe nce

Måten vi begynner og avslutter kommunikasjon på er avhengig av hvor formell eller uformell situasjonen er. Tenk på hvilken hilsning du vil bruke på starten og slutten av et brev til noen du ikke kjenner, f.eks. i en jobbsøknad. Og hvordan starter og avslutter du dersom du kommuniserer med en god venn? Mange bruker et mer formelt muntlig språk når de hilser på noen de ikke kjenner eller en eldre person enn når de hilser på en venn på samme alder. Formal: Good morning. How are you? It is so nice to see you. Informal: Hi! Good to see you! Decide if these situations are formal or informal. Texting with a close friend Writing a Christmas card to your grandparents Talking to your classmates before the lessons starts Giving a speech for pupils, parents and teachers at the end of the school year e Asking for help in a shop f Writing an essay in English class g Asking your sister to borrow her charger h Having the new neighbours over for coffee for the first time i Asking a stranger for help to find the way Decide if these greetings are formal or informal. Hi! How are things? How are you? It is a pleasure to meet you. How’s life? Long time, no see. What’s up?

2 a b c d e f g

gs ek

se m

1 a b c d

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 3

HILSNINGER GREETINGS

168

FORKORTELSER CONTRACTIONS Det å bruke forkortelser som it’s for it is, you’re for you are, osv er mer uformelt enn å skrive ordene fullt ut. Enda mer uformelt blir det hvis vi velger å forkorte uttrykk som going to til gonna, want to til wanna og kind of til kinda. Denne formen for forkortelse er svært uformell og regnes ikke som korrekt i skriftlig språk. En hovedregel kan være å unngå å bruke dem, men det er greit å forstå hva de betyr.

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

What do you think these informal contractions are short for? gimme give me gotta lemme dunno tellem ‘cos ‘cause I’mma

4 a b c d e f g h

Rewrite these sentences in a more formal style It’s true. It is true. You’re my fav. We’ve gotta go. You’re mad cos I’m better than you. I’m kinda surprised. You wanna dance? He’s gonna win cause he’s the fastest runner. I’mma let you go first.

gs ek

se m

3 a b c d e f g h

169

M aking a Differe nce

Hvilke ord vi velger å bruke har mye å si for om vi oppfattes som formelle eller uformelle. Formelt språk bruker ofte lengre ord. Mange vil mene at de uformelle ordene er enklere, mens de formelle ordene er mer avanserte. I tabellen under kan du se noen eksempler: Informal

terminate

end

request

ask for

obtain

get

acceptable

occupation

job

demonstrate

show

observe

see

Formal

gs ek

se m

Muntlige uttrykk (colloquialisms) som slang, banneord o.l. hører ikke hjemme i formelt språk, men kan iblant brukes i uformelle situasjoner. Husk at banneord er mindre brukt enn vi ofte kan få inntrykk av gjennom filmer og serier. Når du skriver, kan du bruke uformelt språk i dialoger eller når du refererer til noe noen har sagt. Informal

Formal Please go away.

Buzz off! Kevin’s gonna chicken out.

I am certain Kevin is not going to go through with it.

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 3

ORDVALG CHOICE OF WORDS

I absolutely agree with you!

Good shout!

I have to leave now.

Gotta jet.

5 a b c d e f g h i j

170

Find more formal ways of expressing the same: I’ve gotta go! I have got to go. See ya! You wanna go to the mall? I’m gonna get some stuff. I asked cause I don’t have a clue. I’m knackered. Hey, hold your horses! You’re gonna wanna see this! Shut up, y’all! Chill, ok?

Ma k i n g a D i fferen ce

SETNINGSBYGGING SENTENCE CONSTRUCTION I formelle situasjoner bruker vi hele setninger, mens i uformelt språk kan vi iblant bruke bare deler av setninger. I uformelt språk bruker vi gjerne korte, enkle setninger, mens i formelt språk kan setningene være lenger og ha mer komplisert struktur.

se m

Decide if the sentences are formal or informal. Hopefully, we will meet again. See you later! Sure! I am afraid I disagree with you on that point. No way! Ok, see what you mean ... You are absolutely right about that. So good to see you. It is very nice to finally meet you.

gs ek

6 a b c d e f g h i

Formal: I went to London this summer. I have so much to tell you. Informal: Went to London this summer. Lots to tell you!

7 Sean wants to complain to the Prime Minister about too little PE at his school. Help him rewrite the letter in a more formal style.

Yo, Prime Minister! What’s up? I wanna complain about something. At my school, we only have PE once a week. How can you expect us to learn anything? I can’t focus in class ‘cause I need to be active. You’ve gotta do something about it, bro. Promise? Cheers, Sean 8 What do you think will happen if Sean sends the first, very informal letter to the Prime Minister?

Remember: Who are you writing to? Why do you write? What is the situation?

171

The English- speaking World:

Chapter Focus

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada • reading, writing and speaking about the English-speaking world • using pronouns • writing creative texts

CHAPTER 4

The English-speaking World:

172

gs ek

se m

The English- speaking World:

173

Jamaica, USA, Canada

se m

Jamaica is a tropical island in the Caribbean Sea just south of Cuba. The island was a British colony until 1962. Its population is about 3 million people. The capital and largest city is Kingston. Kingston was founded in 1692 after a violent earthquake and tsunami destroyed Port Royal, the former capital. Jamaica has a long history of natural disasters. In fact, the whole Caribbean lies in active earthquake and hurricane zones. Jamaica is famous for its friendly people, stunning beaches and turquoise waters. But Jamaica is more than just beach. The inland areas are mostly mountainous with lush rain forests, cascading rivers and natural springs. It was the native Arawak people that gave the country its name. Xaymaca means “land of wood and water”.

gs ek

capital hovedstad earthquake jordskjelv former tidligere natural disasters naturkatastrofer lush frodige cascading brusende springs vannkilder native innfødt, urbefolkning

Jamaica

STARTING POINT

Find the Caribbean Sea on a world map. What do you know about this part of the world? Discuss in small groups.

174

Jamaica, USA, Canada

175

The flag of Jamaica is the only national flag that does not contain red, white or blue.

JAMAICA

Fruit stand in Ocho Rios, Jamaica

UNDERSTANDING 1 a b c d

Answer the questions. Which country lies north of Jamaica? What is Jamaica’s capital city? Which natural disasters affect Jamaica? What does the name “Jamaica” mean?

DIGITAL DIVE 2 The Jamaica Gleaner and the Jamaica Observer are Jamaica’s largest newspapers. You can also read them online at jamaica-gleaner. com or jamaicaobserver.com. Go to one of their websites and read a news item that interests you. Write some key words and phrases to help you remember it. Then tell a partner about your news.

TASKS

gs ek

se m

Capital Kingston Population 3 million (2020) Area 10 991 km2 Major languages Jamaican English, Jamaican Patois Major religions Christianity 69% Life expectancy 79 years (women), 74 years (men) Currency Jamaican dollar

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Bob Marley

Nicola Yoon

Portia Simpson Miller Leon Bailey

Pepa Louise Bennett-Coverley pl

Shelly-Ann Fraser-Pryce

se m

Usain Bolt Henry Morgan Sean Paul

Harry Belafonte

gs ek

Grace Jones

TASKS

3 These are some famous Jamaicans. Choose one and look up information about him or her. Write 5–8 sentences. Share what you find in small groups.

4 Learn the countries of the Caribbean. Go to Seterra.com and play the map quiz game here: online.seterra.com/en/vgp/3129

176

5 Plan a holiday in Jamaica. Search the internet for information and take notes. • How will you get there? • Where will you stay? • What will you do? • Share your plans in small groups.

WRITING WORKSHOP 6 Find a picture of a beach in Jamaica. Now imagine that you are there. Write a description of the beach. Use your senses (taste, sight, touch, smell and hearing) to write a detailed description of the place.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

LANGUAGE LAB 7 Personal pronouns Find the missing pronoun, he, him or his. Then translate the text to Norwegian.

gs ek

Usain Bolt celebrates winning the Men’s 100m final at the Olympic Stadium, London, 2012.

se m

Usain Bolt is Jamaica’s most famous athlete. Growing up, his favorite sports were cricket and football. When ___ teachers saw ___ run, they sent ___ to track and field. Today ___ is considered the greatest sprinter of all time. Time after time, ___ smashed world records and won Olympic gold medals in track and field. No one could beat ___. ___ competed in the 100 metres, 200 metres and 4 x 100 metres relay. People gave ___ the nickname the “Lightning Bolt” for ___ speed and name. ___ is also known for ___ trademark “To Di World” celebration move.

252

177

Jamaica, USA, Canada

The New World

gs ek

se m

The first people who came to the Americas were prehistoric hunters from Asia. They followed reindeer, mammoths and other animals. After thousands of years, hundreds of native tribes lived across North, Central and South America, as well as the islands of the Caribbean. Each had its own language and culture. The Vikings were the first Europeans in the Americas. Leif Erikson explored Canada’s east coast around 1000 AD, but did not stay for long. 500 years later, Europeans came to stay. In 1492, Christopher Columbus sailed west from Spain to find a shorter way to India. Instead, he landed in the Bahamas in the Caribbean. The native people thought that Columbus and his men were from heaven. They gave them food, water and gifts. In return, Columbus said the land belonged to Spain. Two years later Columbus returned to the Caribbean. This time he came to Jamaica. News about the New World spread like wildfire across Europe. Kings and queens wanted land and riches for themselves, especially gold and silver. They sent ships with settlers to start colonies. Spain established colonies in the Caribbean, Mexico, Central and South America while North America was colonized by the British and French. The native people were taken as slaves, killed or died from European diseases like smallpox. Soon there were few left. As time passed, more and more Europeans crossed the Atlantic to settle in the colonies. They hoped for better lives and more freedom than they had in Europe. The colonists needed workers to clear and work the land, so they brought over thousands of slaves from Africa. Sugarcane was the most important crop grown in the Caribbean. Europe couldn’t get enough of the sweet stuff. They used it to make sugar and rum. Soon the Jamaican landscape was filled with large sugar plantations worked by African slaves. The British decided to break Spanish control in the Caribbean, so in 1655 they invaded Jamaica. The Spanish surrendered, set their slaves free and fled to Cuba. These freed slaves moved to the Jamaican mountains and became known as the Maroons. Full emancipation of all slaves in

discovered oppdaget prehistoric forhistoriske native innfødte tribes stammer explored utforsket AD (Anno Domini) etter Kristus in return som takk spread like wildfire spredte seg som ild i tørt gress riches rikdommer settlers nybyggere diseases sykdommer smallpox kopper as time passed ettersom tiden gikk sugarcane sukkerrør crop avling plantations store gårder surrendered overga seg emancipation frigjøring

STARTING POINT

Who discovered America?

178

Jamaica, USA, Canada back-breaking work tungt arbeid replace erstatte achieved oppnådd independence uavhengighet Commonwealth Samveldet av nasjoner former tidligere head of state statsoverhode monarch konge eller dronning reject avvise brotherhood brorskap

gs ek

se m

Britain’s colonies came in 1838. After that, many left the back-breaking work at the plantations. To replace the slaves, the British brought in workers from China and India. Jamaica achieved independence from Britain in 1962. Today it is a member of the Commonwealth, an international group of former British colonies. The head of state is the British monarch. However, many Jamaicans reject British colonial culture, and instead focus on their brotherhood with Africa.

Christopher Columbus arriving in the New World in 1492.

179

180

Jamaica, USA, Canada

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

VIEWPOINTS

se m

Sugarcane cutters in Jamaica in the 1800s.

1 These are the answers. What are the questions? a Asia b mammoths and reindeer c the Vikings d India e sugarcane f Cuba g 1962

gs ek

2 Discuss the questions. a Why is it difficult to say who discovered America? b Why do you think Christopher Columbus called the native people Indians? c Why do you think many Jamaicans feel a brotherhood with Africa? d Some people think statues of Christopher Columbus should be removed from public spaces in Jamaica. Why do you think they feel this way? What do you think about this?

VOCABULARY 3 Antonyms Match each word from the text with its opposite.

come first west heaven better reject north

worse south hell last east go accept

Jamaica, USA, Canada

LANGUAGE LAB 4 Find the missing pronoun, it, its, they or their. Before its destruction by earthquake, Port Royal was the largest city in the Caribbean and a busy centre for shipping and trade. ___ was also a safe harbor for pirates. Pirates from all over the world gathered at Port Royal before ___ set off to raid ships and settlements across the Caribbean. On ___ return, ___ spent ___ stolen treasure on alcohol, gambling and prostitutes, giving Port Royal ___ reputation as the most wicked city in the world.

DIGITAL DIVE

se m

5 Many European explorers crossed the Atlantic to the New World. Choose an explorer from the word cloud. Find information about him and a map that shows his route. Write 5–8 sentences. Present what you find in small groups.

gs ek

Ferdinand Magellan in

Juan Ponce de Leon

Amerigo Vespucci

Jacques Cartier Vu

252

John Cabot

Juan Diaz de Solis

Christopher Columbus Leif Erikson

Hernan Cortes Vasco Nunez de Balboa

181

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Anansi and the Pot of Beans Anansi is a popular character in Jamaican folktales. He is a trickster who often takes the shape of a spider. Tales about Anansi originate from West Africa. African slaves brought stories about Anansi with them to the Caribbean.

Do you ever wonder why spiders have no hair? After reading Anansi and the Pot of Beans, you will know the answer.

gs ek

se m

Once upon a time there was a spider named Anansi who loved to eat. Early one morning Anansi went to help Grandma Spider in the garden. It was planting season, and Anansi thought she might need some help in the garden. Grandma was always very happy to see her grandson, and she made the best food Anansi could think of. He knocked on the door, and Grandma greeted him with a hug. “Do you have any work for me today?” Anansi asked. “Sure, I want you to help me plant some beans in the garden,” Grandma Spider said. She showed him what to do. Then she went inside to cook their lunch. Anansi made small holes in the ground and dropped the beans into them. By noon, the sun was very hot. “I’m feeling thirsty,” Anansi said to himself. Just then, Grandma came outside with a pitcher of cold, sweet lemonade. “Anansi, I am cooking your favourite beans for lunch,” she said. “But I have to go to the market to get some spices. Will you be ok?” “Sure, I will keep on working in the garden,” Anansi replied. “Stay away from the pot of beans. They are too hot!” Grandma Spider shouted as she walked out of the gate. The smell of the beans travelled out the open window. “Hmmmm! Those beans smell good! I’m so hungry,” Anansi said to himself. He could not resist the smell of the beans, so he went into the kitchen. “Grandma said not to go near the beans, but I am sure it

STARTING POINT

Think of a time you did something you were told not to do. What happened?

182

pot gryte beans bønner folktale folkeeventyr trickster luring originate kommer fra once upon a time det var en gang greeted tok imot, hilste noon kl. 12 på formiddagen spices krydder resist motstå

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

is all right to smell them,” he said. He lifted the lid of the pot. “I’m sure it is all right to just have a small taste,” he said. He took a spoon and tasted some. Soon he slurped in spoonful after spoonful. But he did not want to get caught in the kitchen, so he decided to fill his hat with beans and take it out in the garden. He filled his hat with the steaming beans and put the lid back on the pot. Suddenly he heard shouting from the garden. A flock of big, black birds were eating the beans he had just planted! The neighbours were yelling and shouting at them. “Shoo! Shoo! Get away from Grandma’s beans!” The birds flew away, but in the commotion, one of them flew into the open kitchen window. The neighbours knocked on the door. “Anansi, let us in to help you!” they shouted. Anansi did not know what to do! His hat was full of beans. Grandma Spider would be back soon, the neighbours were knocking and shouting, and the bird was flapping around in

lid lokk steaming dampende commotion oppstyr flapping flakset

183

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

gs ek

the kitchen. He did the only thing he could think of, he put the hat with the steaming beans on his head and opened the door. The neighbours soon chased the bird out of the window. But when they turned to look at Anansi, they saw that something was wrong. “What is wrong, Anansi? Were you scared? Are you hurt?” they asked. “No, no. I’m all right. Thank you. You can go home now,” Anansi said. But he could not stand still. His head was burning. He danced from side to side. Tears were streaming down his face. The neighbours were worried and did not want to leave him. “You do not seem all right,” they said. “Don’t worry, we will stay here with you until Grandma Spider returns.” Suddenly Anansi could not stand it anymore. He pulled off his hat and screamed. Everyone stared at Anansi. There were beans everywhere, and the hair on Anansi’s head was burned right off. Anansi was so embarrassed that he ran into the garden and hid in the tall grass until it was dark. Since then, Anansi has been bald because of his greed. And still to this day he often hides in the tall grass.

184

could not stand it klarte ikke mer embarrassed flau bald skallet greed grådighet

Jamaica, USA, Canada

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING Answer the questions. What is Anansi planting in Grandma’s garden? What drink does Grandma bring him? What is Grandma cooking for lunch? Why does Anansi put the beans in his hat? Why do the neighbours come? Why are tears streaming down Anansi’s face? What happens to Anansi’s hair? Where does Anansi hide?

VIEWPOINTS

gs ek

se m

2 Discuss the questions. a What does the folktale explain about spiders? b The story says Anansi is bald because of his greed. How was Anansi greedy? c What is the message of this folktale? d Do you know any other folktales? Name one, and say what message you think it wants to tell.

1 a b c d e f g h

185

Folktales are often told to explain something or tell how something came to be. They often teach a moral lesson.

CREATIVE CORNER

3 Role-play “Anansi and the Pot of Beans” in groups of four. You will need four characters: Anansi, Grandmother, and two neighbours. Use the lines of dialogue from the text.

Mor e tasks on the next pages

Jamaica, USA, Canada

TASKS

VOCABULARY legumes belgfrukter staple food hverdagsmat

4 Beans and other legumes are a staple food in the Caribbean. How many different kinds of beans can you name?

se m

5 Make a list of foods named in this text on Jamaican cuisine. Then translate the list to Norwegian.

gs ek

saltfish klippfisk cod torsk staple food hverdagsmat timber tømmer

Saltfish, dried and salted cod from the North Atlantic, is a staple food in Jamaica. In the early days, sugar plantation owners imported salt fish to feed their slaves. Ships from North America, mainly Canada, came to Jamaica with timber and saltfish. They returned north loaded with sugar and rum. Over time, generations of Jamaicans grew up with saltfish. It is an important ingredient in many Jamaican specialties, like the popular national dish, ackee fruit cooked with saltfish. Today the Caribbean is an important export market for Norwegian saltfish.

186

Saltfish from Norway

Jamaica, USA, Canada

CREATIVE CORNER 6 The alphabet game Play this game in groups of four. Start with the letter A go around the group and name a fruit or vegetable that begins with each letter of the alphabet. You can skip V and X. If you get stuck, help each other or ask your teacher. Good luck! A is for ackee B is for ... C is for ...

LANGUAGE LAB

gs ek

se m

7 Homophones Homophones are words that sound the same but have different meanings. Choose the correct word to fit the meaning of the sentence. a She was happy to see (see/sea) her grandson. b Where have you ___ (been/bean)? c We will stay ___ (here/hear) with you. d ___ (There/Their) were beans everywhere. e A ___ (heard/herd) of elephants trampled our fields last night. f Do you know who ___ (one/won) the game? g The main ingredient in bread is ___ (flour/flower). h The chicks cried ___ (cheep/cheap). i The ___ (seam/seem) in my coat has come undone. j She works as a ___ (made/maid). k He hid there for an ___ (our/hour). l There is a ___ (hole/whole) in my water bottle. m She told him to ___ (right/write) his name on the line. n You have to ___ (weigh/way) the apples before you ___ (buy/by) them. o The pickpocket worked ___ (threw/through) the crowd. p I am sorry you had to ___ (wait/weight).

Why was the pepper cold? Because it was chili.

187

Jamaica, USA, Canada

N Y

E D

gs ek

ONE LOVE IS THIS LOVE JAMMING GET UP STAND UP NO WOMAN NO CRY I SHOT THE SHERIFF BUFFALO SOLDIER THREE LITTLE BIRDS STIR IT UP SUN IS SHINING

se m

Word search

STARTING POINT

Bob Marley helped introduce reggae music to the world. Your teacher will give you a word search puzzle with ten of his greatest hits. Search horizontally, vertically and diagonally. Listen to some of the songs as you work.

Bob Marley

188

emerged dukket opp influenced påvirket av movement bevegelse rejects avviser oppressors undertrykkere

Legendary Bob Marley (1945–1981) is the face of reggae music and Rastafarianism, both from Jamaica. Reggae is a style of music that emerged in the 1960s. It is influenced by African and Jamaican folk music and American jazz and rhythm and blues. Bob Marley was one of the pioneers of reggae, first with his band The Wailers and later as a solo artist. Reggae songs are often about love, social problems and religion. Rastafarianism is both a religious and social movement that developed among black Jamaicans. Rastafarians accept the Christian Bible but reject British colonial culture, the culture of their oppressors. Instead, Rastafarians focus on

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Bob Marley in Montego Bay, Jamaica, in 1979.

their brotherhood with Africa. They worship Haile Selassie, who was Emperor of Ethiopia between 1930–1974. Rastafarians grow their hair in dreadlocks, eat a vegetarian diet and smoke ganja for spiritual purposes. Bob Marley expressed his religious faith through his music and reached out to people all over the world. His music represents the proud culture of Jamaica, but it also represents a vision of love and unity. As he sings in one of his most famous songs, “One love, one heart, one destiny”. Sadly, Bob Marley died from skin cancer at age 36, but his music lives on.

worship tilber Emperor keiser ganja marijuana spiritual purposes åndelige formål faith tro a vision of en drøm om unity enhet destiny skjebne skin cancer hudkreft

189

Jamaica, USA, Canada

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

pl ona

ins

pir

ing

ort

optimist

WORDS TO DESCRIBE MUSIC

ti plif

gs ek

ling

soothing

ati

cheerful

ging

efu

se m

encoura

hop hea

1 Answer the questions. a What year was Bob Marley born? b When did reggae music emerge? c What music traditions have influenced reggae music? d What was the name of Bob Marley’s band? e What do Rastafarians reject? f Who do Rastafarians worship? g How do Rastafarians grow their hair? h How did Bob Marley die?

c eti en

erg

ing

me lan

ble

upbeat

lic

gloomy

cho

cea

er pow

sorrowfu

lively

dan

190

llow

Jamaica, USA, Canada

VOCABULARY 2 Words to describe music a Translate the adjectives in the wheel to Norwegian. b Listen to one of Bob Marley’s songs and choose three of the adjectives to describe the song you listened to. c Tell a partner which song you listened to and explain why you chose the three adjectives to describe it. d Tell a partner what kind of music you like to listen to. Choose some of the adjectives from the wheel to describe your favourite song.

VIEWPOINTS

DIGITAL DIVE

gs ek

se m

3 Discuss with a partner: what kind of music, or which song, would you prefer in the different situations and why? • At a birthday party • When you are heartbroken • When you are alone on a rainy, boring Sunday • When cleaning your room or doing your chores • When you are doing a workout • When you are really happy about something

4 Find, watch and listen to the 1984 music video for Bob Marley’s song “One Love”. Share three reflections (your opinions, thoughts, and reactions) on the song and music video with a partner. 5 Listen to and find out more about some of Bob Marley’s other songs. Which one is your favourite? Why? Share your reflections with a partner. 6 Watch the first episode of the Youtube series “Bob Marley: Legacy” released in 2020 in celebration of the 75th anniversary of his birth. Make a list of key words while you watch. Use the list to tell a partner about the episode after you watch.

191

Jamaica, USA, Canada

gs ek

se m

Over 330 million people live in the USA, making it the third largest country in the world. Fifty states lie between America’s Pacific and Atlantic coasts. “From California to the New York Island” goes a popular song. Washington D.C., its capital city, lies on the east coast. The American flag is often called the Stars and Stripes. The fifty white stars are for each of the states. The stripes represent the original thirteen colonies. Most Americans speak English, but there are millions of Spanish speakers in the USA too. The reason is that parts of the southwest, like California, New Mexico, Arizona and Texas, used to be part of Mexico. In recent years, millions of immigrants from Spanish-speaking countries have moved to the USA. Today Spanish-speaking Hispanics or Latinos make up about 20% of the US population, African Americans make up 15%, Asians 6% and Native Americans 1.5%. Back in 1776, the thirteen original colonies declared independence from Britain, and fought a war to keep it. The American War of Independence was the first of many to come. In 1861, a civil war broke out between states in the North and the South. Later the USA would participate in international conflicts, including both World Wars, the Korean War, the Vietnam War, the Invasion of Iraq and the War on Terror. Today, the USA has the world’s most powerful military forces and largest economy. For many, America is the land of opportunity, but not everyone gets a piece of the pie. Millions of Americans live in poverty. Recently, inequality has led to social unrest and violence across the country.

Pacific coast vestkysten mot Stillehavet Atlantic coast østkysten mot Atlanterhavet make up utgjør capital hovedstad population befolkning in recent years i de senere år original opprinnelig declared erklærte independence uavhengighet civil war borgerkrig ripped apart rev i stykker military forces militærstyrker opportunity mulighet piece of the pie sin del av kaka poverty fattigdom inequality ulikhet social unrest social uro violence vold

The United States of America

STARTING POINT

What do you know about the USA? Take the USA quiz. Get a handout from your teacher.

192

The thirteen original colonies were: Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia. After independence from Britain they became the first states in the United States of America.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

USA

gs ek

se m

Capital city Washington D.C. Population 330 million (2019) Area 9.8 million km2 Major languages American English, Spanish, Chinese Major religions Christianity 74%, Judaism 2%, Islam 1% Life expectancy 81 years (women), 76 years (men) Currency American dollar $

Paul Philippoteaux (1846–1923): The Battle of Gettysburg, Pennsylvania, July 1863. Painted 1881

193

Jamaica, USA, Canada

These are the answers. What are the questions? 330 50 Washington D.C. Stars and Stripes thirteen Mexico 20% 1776 1861

1 a b c d e f g h i

SPEAKING SPOT

se m

2 Discuss the questions. If you could visit America, where would you go and why? What would you like to see and do?

gs ek

3 Practice saying these important dates in American history. Read the sentences aloud with a partner. a The English settled Jamestown, Virginia in 1607. b The Declaration of Independence was signed in 1776. c The Civil War broke out in 1861. d In 1929 the stock market crashed. e The Japanese attacked Hawaii in 1941. f Martin Luther King, Jr. gave his “I Have a Dream” speech in 1963. g In 1969 Neil Armstrong was the first man on the Moon. h The terrorist attack 9/11 happened in 2001. i In 2005 Hurricane Katrina hit New Orleans. j The coronavirus pandemic reached the USA in 2020.

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

194

Jamaica, USA, Canada

LANGUAGE LAB

4 Numbers Write the numbers in these sentences about the USA using words. Then read the sentences aloud with a partner. a The USA has 50 states. fifty b It has 58 national parks. c There are 750 different kinds of birds. d Mount McKinley is the highest mountain at 6194 meters. e The total population is around 330,000,000. f There are 412 doors in the White House. g California has the most people, with over 40,000,000 people. h Wyoming has the fewest people with only about 600,000. i The Mississippi River is approximately 3,730 km long. j Close to 30,000,000 Americans have no health insurance.

DIGITAL DIVE

gs ek

se m

5 Articles: using the Always use the with these words. Write a sentence with each. a the USA b the Mississippi c the Pacific d the Great Lakes e the White House f the Grand Canyon

6 The largest newspapers in the USA are USA Today, The Wall Street Journal, The New York Times and the Los Angeles Times. You can read the Los Angeles Times online at latimes.com. Go to the website and read a news item that interests you. Write some key words and phrases to help you remember it. Then tell a partner about your news. 7 Learn the 50 US states. Go to Seterra.com and play the map quiz game here: online.seterra.com/en/vgp/3003

Ï On September 11, 2001, United Airlines Flight 175 was hijacked and crashed into the Twin Towers in New York City.

195

Jamaica, USA, Canada

se m

Map of the USA

Alaska is the largest argest state by area. There e are several indigenous nous groups living here. The besttknown are the Inuits.

Mard Gras is a famous Mardi carnival celebrated in New carn Orleans, Louisiana. New Or O Orleans is also known for blues and jazz. fo

gs ek

What would you like to see in the USA?

196

In the state of Montana there is a large grizzly bear population. When the USA was established in 1776, there were 13 states. Today, there are 50. indigenous Americans have lived in the USA for at least 11,000 years.

In South Dakota, you can visit Mount Rushmore, and see 60-foot sculptures of the heads of four United States presidents.

The Rocky Mountains are a mountain range nge that stretches from Canada to New Mexico. It is a popular tourist destination for hiking, camping, fishing, mountain biking and skiing.

The Niagara Falls are three great waterfalls on the border of Canada and the US. It is a popular tourist site and also famous for stunts nts like going over it in barrels or on a tightrope.

Jamaica, USA, Canada Las Vegas, Nevada, calls itself the entertainment capital of the world. It is known for gambling and entertainment. t. The city has more than 100 casinos.

The Great Lakes are a collection of lakes in northeastern USA on the Canadian border. They form the largest group of freshwater lakes on earth.

Detroit in Michigan is known as the car capital of the world because it has a large automobile industry, for example p the Ford Motor Company.

The White House is the residence and workplace of the President of the US. It is in Washington DC, which is the nation’s capital. pital.

gs ek

se m

The Mississippi River is the fourth longest river in the world. It either borders or cuts through 10 states. The sport of water skiing is said to have been invented on the Mississippi.

Yellowstone National Park, located mainly in Wyoming, is famous famo for its wildlife and a the geyser Old Faithful.

Hawaii is the only state that is made up entirely of islands. In fact, the state consists of more than 130 islands. slands.

The Grand Canyon is in Arizona. For thousands of years, indigenous Americans have lived in the caves in the canyon. y

New Mexico is s the state with the highest percentage of Hispanic Americans. One in three speaks Spanish.

Route 66 is a famous highway that runs through seven states from Chicago to California.

The state of Tennessee is the place to go if you are interested in music. Nashville is often called “The Music City”. It is the capital of country music, while Memphis is considered the birthplace of blues and rock and roll.

The Hollywood Sign is a famous llandmark in the Hollywood Hills in Los Hol An Angeles, California. Los An Angeles is the movie capital of the world, and the sign appears in many movies, TV series and mputer games. computer

197

The Boston Tea party took place in Boston, Massachusetts in 1773. It was a political protest against the British government, and started the American Revolution.

Kennedy Space Center in Cape Canaveral, Florida is where NASA launches all human n space s. flights.

New York City in the state of New York has a population of overr 8 million and is the most populous s city in the USA. The first English settlement was in Jamestown, Virginia in 1607.

Houston, Texas is known as the energy capital of the world. Many oil il companies have their heir headquarters there.

Glossary and tasksÅ

Jamaica, USA, Canada

ar pl se m gs ek in er rd

TASKS

New York City is the most populous city in the United States with a population of around 8.3 million people.

198

Jamaica, USA, Canada

UNDERSTANDING

gs ek

se m

1 These are the answers. What are the questions? a 11,000 years How long have Native Americans lived in the USA? b The energy capital of the world c A geyser d The Rocky Mountains e Grizzly f A famous highway g A famous highway h 130 i Water skiing j Mardi Gras

established etablert by area når det gjelder areal several flere native innfødte, urbefolkningscollection of lakes gruppe av innsjøer border grensen freshwater ferskvann waterfalls fossefall tourist site turistattraksjon barrels tønner tightrope line population befolkning populous folkerike took place foregikk government regjering residence bolig capital hovedstad major highway stor motorvei connects binder sammen settlement bosetting borders grenser til runs through renner gjennom invented oppfunnet

arch bue westward expansion utvidelsen (av USA) mot vest 630 feet 192 meter launches skyter opp Fountain of Youth Ungdomsskilden according to ifølge restore gjenopprette is considered blir regnet som damage ødeleggelsene mountain range fjellkjede destination mål hiking fotturer percentage prosentandel entirely bare consists of består av landmark landemerke, kjennetegn caves hulene canyon elvedalen, kløfta located som ligger mainly hovedsaklig geyser varme kilden entertainment underholdnings

199

Jamaica, USA, Canada

“Give me your tired, your poor, your huddled masses yearning to breathe free ...”

These words of welcome are from a poem on the Statue of Liberty in New York City’s harbor. For millions of immigrants to the United States, the Statue of Liberty has symbolized freedom and the promise of a better life. Almost every American has ancestors from somewhere else. It is a nation of immigrants. Some people say America is like a huge melting pot, where immigrants from other countries melted together into a new kind of people, the American people. Who are the American people? Where did they come from? When did they come? Immigration to the USA has taken place during four main periods:

se m

emigrate utvandre immigrate innvandre migrate flytte

A Nation of Immigrants

gs ek

immigrants innvandrere huddled sammenklynget masses folkemasser yearning lengter liberty frihet harbor havn promise løfte ancestors forfedre melting pot smeltedigel

STARTING POINT

The photo below shows Scandinavian immigrants in Minnesota in 1895. Why do you think many people left Norway? What were their hopes and dreams?

200

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Immigrants arriving in New York City, 1887.

Early Immigration 1600–1800 After the New World was discovered by Europeans, people from all over northwestern Europe sailed across the Atlantic to settle in North America. The dangerous trip took many weeks. Most early immigrants were from England, but they also came from Scotland, Wales, Ireland, Germany, Holland and France. However, not everyone came to America’s shores by choice. During the early years, slave traders brought thousands of Africans to America as slaves.

Can you find these countries on a map? discovered oppdaget settle slå seg ned shores strender slave traders slavehandlere

201

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

202

Writing Dates in English

British English: 17 march American English: March 17 railroad jernbane settlement bosetning plentiful mye, mange crops avlingene failed slo feil honor hedre

The miners cried “Eureka!” when they found gold.

Mid-1800s After the discovery of gold in California in 1849, people from all over the world came to take part in the Gold Rush. Many people from China also moved to the west coast at this time. They helped build the Transcontinental Railroad across America, opening new areas for settlement. Farmland was cheap and plentiful. Between 1845–1848, over one million Irish people came to America. They left Ireland because the potato crops failed, and there was not enough food. Many Irish Americans celebrate St. Patrick’s Day on March 17 to honor their Irish background.

Jamaica, USA, Canada steamships dampskip workforce arbeidskraft made up of besto av ethnic etniske enter komme inn i

gs ek

se m

Late 1800s–1920s About 40 million immigrants from countries in Southern and Eastern Europe emigrated to America in the late 1800s and early 1900s. This is the biggest movement of people in recorded history. The steamships that had replaced the sailing ships made the trip faster and cheaper. Italians, Poles, Greeks, Hungarians, Russians and others arrived in record numbers. Most settled in large cities like New York, Philadelphia, Boston and Chicago. They became the workforce for America’s growing industries. This was also the period when thousands of Scandinavians left for America. Many Norwegians settled on farms in Minnesota and Wisconsin in the Midwest. By the 1920s, American society was made up of more than 100 different ethnic groups with their different cultures, religions and languages. America was a mixed society. Not everyone was happy about this, so immigration laws were passed that made it difficult to enter America.

Child worker, eleven yearold Italian immigrant Tony ’Bologna’ Casale, selling newspapers in Hartford, Connecticut, 1909.

203

Tijuana, Mexico, April 2018. Central Americans who spent weeks travelling across Mexico to USA to ask for asylum.

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

204

on the rise på vei oppover illegally ulovlig issue sak, problem create skape security sikkerhet fence gjerde prevent hindre

1960s-now Since the 1960s immigration has been on the rise again. Most new immigrants are from Asia or Spanish-speaking countries in Latin America. After English, Spanish is now the most widely spoken language in America. Today thousands of immigrants come to America illegally. This issue creates a lot of debate. Large parts of the US-Mexican border are now closed with a security fence to prevent people from crossing.

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Why do people leave? About a million immigrants come to the USA every year, hoping for a better future. Why do they leave their homelands for a new life in America? Many emigrate to escape poverty, hunger and persecution. Others run away from catastrophes like wars and earthquakes. Some are looking for adventure and riches. For many, America is a land of opportunity. They find work, send their children to school and build new and better lives. For others the American Dream does not come true. Immigration has made the USA the country it is today. Thanks to its immigrants America is one of the richest and most diverse countries in the world.

African American flood victims lining up to get food and clothing from a relief station in front of a billboard. Ca. 1937. What is the irony here?

The American Dream is the belief that anyone can be successful if they work hard and try their best.

poverty fattigdom persecution forfølgelse earthquakes jordskjelv adventure eventyr riches rikdom opportunity mulighet diverse mangfoldig

205

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Answer the questions. What does the Statue of Liberty symbolize? Why is America sometimes called a “melting pot”? Which country did most early immigrants come from? Which year was gold discovered in California? Which group helped build the railway across America? Why did so many Irish immigrate? Why did steamships make the trip easier? Where did many Norwegians settle? Where do most recent immigrants come from? What is the second most spoken language in the USA? What are the four main periods of immigration? What are some of the reasons that people have immigrated to America?

se m

1 a b c d e f g h i j k l

SPEAKING SPOT

gs ek

2 Do you have family or friends who have immigrated to America or to another country? Interview them, or ask your parents or grandparents about them. Present your findings to your classmates. Here are some questions to get you going. • When did they leave? • Why did they leave their homeland? • Where did they settle? • What did they do there? • What challenges did they meet? • What was good about life in the new country? • Did they stay?

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

206

MATHS MOVES 3 Almost 25% of the population of Norway left for America between the late 1800s and 1920. The population of Norway at this time was approximately 2 million. About how many people emigrated?

DIGITAL DIVE 4 Search the internet to find out more about the Statue of Liberty, the Gold Rush, the Transcontinental Railroad or Norwegian emigration to America. Write down 8–10 interesting facts that you learn. Share your findings with your classmates.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

207

LANGUAGE LAB 5 Capitalization Find the words that need to be capitalized. Then re-write the text.

from

over

for

with

se m

6 Prepositions Find the missing prepositions. Use each preposition once.

gs ek

The American Buffalo Before white settlers took over the American West, millions ___ buffaloes roamed the prairie. The Native Americans who lived there were dependent ___ the animal. They followed and hunted the great herds and took only what they needed. The white man nearly hunted the American buffalo ___ extinction. They killed millions just ___ sport. After the transcontinental railroad was finished ___ 1869, hunters could shoot ___ the trains. They left the dead buffaloes to rot. ___ the buffaloes gone, the Native Americans’ way of life ended too.

buffalo bisonokse settlers nybyggere roamed streifet omkring dependent avhengig herds flokker extinction utryddelse for sport for moro skyld transcontinental som strekker seg tvers over kontinentet rot råtne

Countries and words made from the names of countries are always CAPITALIZED in English. So are other place names.

european settlers often used names from their home countries for new places in america. when the dutch settled manhattan island, they called it new amsterdam. later the english took over and changed its name to new york. the french named new orleans and st. louis. spanish towns were often given the names of catholic saints, like san francisco and san antonio. some places in the us still have their native american names, like seattle and miami.

7 Spelling words ending in -o Some words that end in -o form the plural by adding -s. Others add -es. Use a dictionary to find the correct plural form of each word. a potato c avocado e hero g piano b radio d buffalo f Latino h tomato 8 a b c d e

i j

photo volcano

Find the missing plural form of the words in the list above. Native Americans hunted ___. f Chips are made with ___. Ketchup is made with ___. g ___ grow on trees. Spanish-speakers are also called ___. h He knows how to fix ___. Albert Einstein is one of my ___. i Did you see all the cute ___ of the baby? The music was written for two ___. j There are many ___ in Iceland.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

gs ek

se m

Listen to four young Americans talking about their home city.

Glossary for the recorded interviews 9/11 datoen for terrorangrepet på Twin Towers i New York i 2001 hurricane orkan cabs drosjer The Met = The Metropolitan Museum art kunst lake innsjøen downtown sentrum along langs the Bean (= Cloud Gate) en skulptur i Millennium Park Ferris wheel pariserhjul the Magnificent Mile eksklusiv handlegate i Chicago go hiking gå fotturer broomball en sport som ligner på ishockey, men uten skøyter tournament turnering less than mindre enn bling overdådige klær og tilbehør extra statist commercial reklamefilm commercial set produksjonsteamet celebrities kjendiser

My City

STARTING POINT

What do you like most about the place where you live? What would you show visitors first? Why?

208

Lake Michigan is one of the things I like best about downtown Chicago.

Like almost half of all Angelenos, I am Hispanic.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

gs ek

se m

I think I am a typical Denverite. I love the outdoors but I also watch the Denver Broncos football team on TV and go to rodeos.

My city is New York. I love it that “the whole world” lives in New York.

The Empire State Building, New York City, was the world’s highest skyscraper when it was finished in 1931.

209

210

Jamaica, USA, Canada

TASKS NEW YORK

ILLINOIS

COLORADO

LISTENING SKILLS

CALIFORNIA

1 Answer the questions.

Joshua a About how many people live in New York? b What do you call someone who lives in New York? c New York has been through some difficult situations. Can you name one? d What does Joshua love about his city? Can you name three things?

is a nickname for Denver? is the name of the mountain chain close to Denver? is surprising about Denver’s climate? does Tyler like to do outdoors?

Tyler j What k What l What m What

gs ek

se m

Sasha e Chicago is also known as what city? f Which lake is Chicago close to? g Which kinds of activities can you do close to the lake? h Where can you find the Bean? I What is someone from Chicago called?

Gabriella n About how many people live in LA? o What do the letters LA stand for? p What is LA famous for? q Which ethnic group does almost half of LA’s population belong to? r Name some of the things Gabriella likes to do.

VIEWPOINTS 2 Discuss the questions. a Which city would you like to visit? Why? b Have you been to the USA? What did you do there? Did anything surprise you? Did you enjoy your visit? Why or why not?

Jamaica, USA, Canada

3 Question words: who or which? Use the correct word in these questions about Joshua, Sasha, Tyler and Gabriella. a Which city is in the Midwest? b ___ park lies close to Lake Michigan? c ___ city is known as the Windy City? d ___ is Hispanic? e ___ city has mountains close by? f ___ likes to be in Central Park? g ___ is from Denver? h ___ would you like to meet? i ___ city would you like to visit?

LANGUAGE LAB

The steel sculpture Cloud Gate in Chicago, Illinois, is nicknamed The Bean.

gs ek

se m

4 Relative pronouns: who or which Find the correct word for each sentence. a Sasha, who lives in Chicago, loves Chicago pizza. b The Bean, ___ is a sculpture, is close to Lake Michigan. c Denver, ___ is called the Mile-High City, is in Colorado. d Gabriella, ___ is Hispanic, lives in LA. e The Rockies, ___ are in the West, stretch from the US through Canada. f Barack Obama, ___ is from Chicago, held his victory speech in Millennium Park. g The High Line, ___ is a park in New York City, opened in 2009. h One World Trade Center, ___ is in New York, is the tallest building in the US. i Tyler, ___ lives in Denver, loves to play broomball on the ice.

CREATIVE CORNER

5 Create a photo collection from your hometown. Take at least five pictures and show your collection in class. Give it a nice title. In small groups present your pictures and tell why you chose them. 6 Vote with your feet! Your teacher will give you two choices. Move to the side of the room that fits you best. Stay in the middle if you are unsure.

I would rather ... live in the countryside OR live in a city

211

Jamaica, USA, Canada

arida zona, dry zone land full of flowers mountain snow-capped peak red-colored rich port the pass the meadows the angels Saint Francis river

port havn meadow eng

se m

Colorado Las Vegas Montana Rio Grande Arizona Puerto Rico San Francisco Florida Los Angeles Nevada El Paso big

gs ek

LEONARD BERNSTEIN AND STEPHEN SONDHEIM

America er

Polish American polsk-amerikansk experience opplevelse lyrics teksten breezes bris pineapples ananas blossoms blomster diseases sykdommer hurricanes orkaner population befolkning money owing skylde penger bullets kuler fee avgift bloom blomstre wire-spoke wheel bilhjul med eiker Buick bilmerke current strøm shore strand knobs dørhåndtak get gone komme deg avgårde give big cheer her: ta imot oss med hurrarop

STARTING POINT

There are thousands of Spanish place names in America. a Match the name to its meaning. b Find the places on a map.

This song is from West Side Story, a musical set in New York City. It is about a conflict between two street gangs, the Polish American Jets, and the Sharks, from Puerto Rico. The Sharks sing “America”. The song shows both sides of the immigrant experience, positive and negative. Anita and the other girls love life in America, but Rosalia remembers Puerto Rico as a wonderful place and longs to return. West Side Story is a modern version of Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet. The musical first opened on Broadway in New York in 1957, and in London’s West End in 1958. It is still performed around the world today. Leonard Bernstein wrote the music and Stephen Sondheim wrote the lyrics. In 1961, the musical was adapted into a film with the same name. It won 10 Academy Awards that year, including Best Picture. A remake of West Side Story directed by Steven Speilberg was released in 2021.

212

213

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

From the film West Side Story (2021).

The island of Puerto Rico is a US territory in the Caribbean. Most Puerto Ricans speak Spanish. The capital city is San Juan.

Spanish-speaking people in North and South America are often called Hispanics or Latinos.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

ANITA If there’s a road you can drive on.

ROSALIA Puerto Rico, You lovely island Island of tropical breezes. Always the pineapples growing, Always the coffee blossoms blowing

ROSALIA I’ll give my cousins a free ride. ANITA How you get all of them inside?

ANITA Puerto Rico ... You ugly island ... Island of tropical diseases. Always the hurricanes blowing, Always the population growing ... And the money owing, And the babies crying, And the bullets flying I like the island Manhattan. Smoke on your pipe and put that in!

ALL Immigrant goes to America. Many hellos in America; Nobody knows in America Puerto Rico’s in America!

ROSALIA I’ll bring a TV to San Juan.

se m

ANITA If there a current to turn on!

OTHERS I like to be in America! OK by me in America! Everything free in America For a small fee in America!

gs ek

ROSALIA I’ll give them new washing machine. ANITA What have they got there to keep clean?

ROSALIA I like the city of San Juan.

ANITA I know a boat you can get on. Bye bye!

214

ROSALIA Hundreds of flowers in full bloom. ANITA Hundreds of people in each room! ALL Automobile in America, Chromium steel in America, Wire-spoke wheel in America, Very big deal in America

ALL I like the shores of America! Comfort is yours in America! Knobs on the doors in America, Wall-to-wall floors in America! ROSALIA When I will go back to San Juan ANITA When you will shut up and get gone? ROSALIA Everyone there will give big cheer! ANITA Everyone there will have moved here!

ROSALIA I’ll drive a Buick through San Juan.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Discuss the questions. What does Rosalia miss about Puerto Rico? What does Anita dislike about Puerto Rico? Compare how the girls view Puerto Rico differently. Use the language of comparison while you discuss. d What do Anita and the others like most about America?

2 a b c

VIEWPOINTS

gs ek

se m

1 Which line in the song means ... a Fresh fruit grows in Puerto Rico. Always the pineapples growing b Puerto Rico has bad tropical storms. c There is a lot of violence in Puerto Rico. d Anita likes New York City. e Rosalia prefers Puerto Rico’s capital. f The houses in Puerto Rico are crowded. g Cars are important in America. h The roads in Puerto Rico are bad. i Rosalia has a lot of cousins in Puerto Rico. j Electricity in San Juan is unstable. k People are poor and don’t have a lot of clothes. l Many Puerto Ricans have immigrated to America.

UNDERSTANDING

Language of comparison in comparison in contrast compared to different from however while but

TASKS

“Smoke on your pipe and put that in” is an English idiom which means that you must accept something, whether you like it or not.

215

Jamaica, USA, Canada

3 Find pairs of words that rhyme in the song. For example: growing, blowing. Practice saying the rhyme words with a partner. 4 Sing “America” in class. Find the Broadway version of the song on the internet for inspiration.

VOCABULARY

se m

5 Spanish words in English With about 45 million speakers, Spanish is the second most spoken language in the United States after English. In fact, after Mexico, the USA has the largest number of Spanish speakers in the world. Many Spanish words are used in American English. Learn the words in the text box, then do the exercise.

gs ek

bodega – corner store desperado – dangerous criminal hola – hello hombre – man, dude loco – crazy nada – nothing plaza – public square pronto – quickly, immediately salsa – sauce (also a dance) siesta – nap

TASKS

SPEAKING SPOT

216

Find the missing word from the list above. a ___! How are you? b Would you like hot or mild ___ on your nachos? c Will you stop by the ___ and buy some soda? d What’s new? ___. e You look tired. I think you need a ___. f He went ___ and smashed the place up. g I expect to see you back here, ___. h There is an outdoor concert at the ___ tonight. i Hey, ___. What’s happening? j After a standoff, the police caught the ___.

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

LLANGUAGE A N G U A G E LAB LAB 164 6 Present continuous

These lines from the song are in present continuous, but they are missing a verb. Find the missing form of to be. a pineapples are growing b coffee blossoms ___ blowing c hurricanes ___ blowing d the population ___ growing e money ___ owing f babies ___ crying g bullets ___ flying

7 Prepositions Find the missing preposition: in, of, to, over, or with. In recent years, a series ___ catastrophic category 4 and 5 hurricanes has hit the Caribbean islands. Scientists link this increase ___ climate change and predict there will be more to come. Hurricanes form ___ tropical waters in areas ___ high humidity and warm sea temperatures. As sea temperatures rise, more and stronger hurricanes form. ___ 2017 hurricane Maria devastated Puerto Rico. It was the worst natural disaster ___ the island’s history and caused widespread destruction. Close ___ 3000 people lost their lives.

217

218

Jamaica, USA, Canada

STARTING POINT

Forbidden love is a popular theme in literature and films. Perhaps you know the stories about Aladdin and Jasmine, Guinevere and Sir Lancelot or Romeo and Juliet? Can you think of other stories about forbidden love? Why do you think this is a popular theme? Is it relevant today?

Louis Sachar (1954–) is an American writer for young people. His best-known book is Holes.

se m

gs ek

This is a story about Kissin’ Kate, a feared outlaw in the Wild West. It is taken from the novel Holes. The story takes place about a hundred years ago in Green Lake, a small town in Texas. At the time, slavery was abolished, but a black man was not allowed to have a relationship with a white woman. Katherine “Kate” Barlow is the town schoolteacher. When she falls in love with Sam, a black onion-picker, the townspeople go wild. But Kate gets her revenge!

outlaw forbryter, banditt abolished avskaffet onion-picker løkplukker revenge hevn

Kissin’ Kate

LOUIS SACHAR Remember! You don’t have to understand all the words in a story to enjoy it.

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Kate and Sam in the 2003 movie Holes.

Whenever Katherine Barlow bought onions, she always bought an extra one or two and would let Mary Lou eat them out of her hand. “Is something wrong?” Sam asked her one day as she was feeding Mary Lou. “You seem distracted.” “Oh, just the weather,” said Miss Katherine. “It looks like rain clouds moving in.” “Me and Mary Lou, we like the rain,” said Sam. “Oh, I like it fine,” said Miss Katherine, as she rubbed the donkey’s rough hair on top of its head. “It’s just that the roof leaks in the schoolhouse.” “I can fix that,” said Sam. “What are you going to do?” Katherine joked. “Fill the holes with onion paste?” Sam laughed. “I’m good with my hands,” he told her. “I built my own boat. If it leaked, I’d be in big trouble.” Katherine couldn’t help but notice his strong, firm hands.

distracted urolig, bekymret rub gni donkey esel onion paste most løk firm faste

219

Jamaica, USA, Canada

in exchange i bytte jars krukker spiced peaches krydrede fersken let out var slutt attend classes gå på skolen grading papers rette prøver conversation samtale were able to hadde mulighet til poetry poesi occasion anledning Poe (Edgar Allan Poe) kjent amerikansk dikter Longfellow (Henry Wadsworth Longfellow) kjent amerikansk dikter from memory utenat breeze bris lake innsjø uphill i oppoverbakke complain klage wobble vingle run-down nedslitt well-crafted velbygd freshly painted nymalt admire beundre value verdsetter pitter-patter drypping

gs ek

se m

They made a deal. He agreed to fix the leaky roof in exchange for six jars of spiced peaches. It took Sam a week to fix the roof, because he could only work in the afternoons, after school let out and before night classes began. Sam wasn’t allowed to attend classes because he was a Negro, but they let him fix the building. Miss Katherine usually stayed in the schoolhouse, grading papers and such, while Sam worked on the roof. She enjoyed what little conversation they were able to have, shouting up and down to each other. She was surprised by his interest in poetry. When he took a break, she would sometimes read a poem to him. On more than one occasion, she would start to read a poem by Poe or Longfellow, only to hear him finish it for her, from memory. She was sad when the roof was finished. “Is something wrong?” he asked. “No, you did a wonderful job,” she said. “It’s just that ... The windows won’t open. The children and I would enjoy a breeze now and then.” “I can fix that,” said Sam. She gave him two more jars of peaches and Sam fixed the windows. It was easier to talk to him when he was working on the windows. He told her about his secret onion field on the other side of the lake, “where the onions grow all year round, and the water runs uphill.” When the windows were fixed, she complained that her desk wobbled. “I can fix that,” said Sam. The next time she saw him, she mentioned that “the door doesn’t hang straight,” and she got to spend another afternoon with him while he fixed the door. By the end of the first semester, Onion Sam had turned the old run-down schoolhouse into a well-crafted, freshly painted jewel of a building that the whole town was proud of. People passing by would stop and admire it. “That’s our schoolhouse. It shows how much we value education here in Green Lake.” The only person who wasn’t happy with it was Miss Katherine. She’d run out of things needing to be fixed. She sat at her desk one afternoon, listening to the pitterpatter of the rain on the roof. No water leaked into the classroom, except for the few drops that came from her eyes.

220

Jamaica, USA, Canada

“Onions! Hot sweet onions!” Sam called, out on the street. She ran to him. She wanted to throw her arms around him but couldn’t bring herself to do it. Instead she hugged Mary Lou’s neck. “Is something wrong?” he asked her. “Oh, Sam,” she said. “My heart is breaking.” “I can fix that,” said Sam. She turned to him. He took hold of both of her hands, and kissed her. Because of the rain, there was nobody else out on the street. Even if there was, Katherine and Sam wouldn’t have noticed. They were lost in their own world. At that moment, however, Hattie Parker stepped out of the general store. They didn’t see her, but she saw them. She pointed her quivering finger in their direction and whispered, “God will punish you!”

gs ek

se m

There were no telephones, but word spread quickly through the small town. By the end of the day, everyone in Green Lake had heard that the schoolteacher had kissed the onion picker. Not one child showed up for school the next morning. Miss Katherine sat alone in the classroom and wondered if she had lost track of the day of the week. Perhaps it was Saturday. It wouldn’t have surprised her. Her brain and heart had been spinning ever since Sam kissed her. She heard a noise outside the door, then suddenly a mob of men and women came storming into the school building. They were led by Trout Walker. “There she is!” Trout shouted. “The Devil Woman!” The mob was turning over desks and ripping down bulletin boards. “She’s been poisoning your children’s brains with books,” Trout declared. They began piling all the books in the center of the room. “Think about what you are doing!” cried Miss Katherine. Someone made a grab for her, tearing her dress, but she managed to get out of the building. She ran to the sheriff’s office. The sheriff had his feet up on his desk and was drinking from a bottle of whiskey. “Mornin’, Miss Katherine,” he said. “They’re destroying the schoolhouse,” she said, gasping for breath. “They’ll burn it to the ground if someone doesn’t stop them!”

bring herself få seg til general store landhandel quivering skjelvende lost track of mistet tellingen med mob gjeng, flokk, bande turning over velte bulletin board oppslagstavle poisoning forgifte piling legge i en haug tear rive gasp gispe

221

Jamaica, USA, Canada

gs ek

se m

“Just calm your pretty self down a second,” the sheriff said in a slow drawl. “And tell me what you’re talking about.” He got up from his desk and walked over to her. “Trout Walker has – ” “Now don’t go saying nothing bad about Charles Walker,” said the sheriff. “We don’t have much time!” urged Katherine. “You’ve got to stop them.” “You’re sure pretty,” said the sheriff. Miss Katherine stared at him in horror. “Kiss me,” said the sheriff. She slapped him across the face. He laughed. “You kissed the onion picker. Why won’t you kiss me?” She tried to slap him again, but he caught her by the hand. She tried to wriggle free. “You’re drunk!” she yelled. “I always get drunk before a hanging.” “A hanging? Who – ” “It’s against the law for a Negro to kiss a white woman.” “Well, then you’ll have to hang me, too,” said Katherine. “Because I kissed him back.” “It ain’t against the law for you to kiss him,” the sheriff explained. “Just for him to kiss you.” “We’re all equal under the eyes of God,” she declared. The sheriff laughed. “Then if Sam and I are equal, why won’t you kiss me?” He laughed again. “I’ll make you a deal. One sweet kiss, and I won’t hang your boyfriend. I’ll just run him out of town.” Miss Katherine jerked her hand free. As she hurried to the door, she heard the sheriff say, “The law will punish Sam. And God will punish you.” She stepped back into the street and saw smoke rising from the schoolhouse. She ran down to the lakefront, where Sam was hitching Mary Lou to the onion cart. “Thank God, I found you” she sighed, hugging him. “We’ve got to get out of here. Now!” “What – ” “Someone must have seen us kissing yesterday,” she said. “They set fire to the schoolhouse. The sheriff said he’s going to hang you!” Sam hesitated for a moment, as if he couldn’t quite believe it. He didn’t want to believe it. “C’mon, Mary Lou.”

222

in a drawl på en slepende måte urged ba inntrengende in horror forferdet slapped slo wriggle vri seg ain’t is not equal lik jerked rykket løs lakefront bredden av en innsjø hitch tjore fast cart kjerre sighed sukket hesitated nølte

Jamaica, USA, Canada “We have to leave Mary Lou behind,” said Katherine. Sam stared at her a moment. There were tears in his eyes. “Okay.” Sam’s boat was in the water, tied to a tree by a long rope. He untied it, and they waded through the water and climbed aboard. His powerful arms rowed them away from the shore. But his powerful arms were no match for Trout Walker’s motorized boat. They were little more than halfway across the lake when Miss Katherine heard the loud roar of the engine. Then she saw the ugly black smoke ...

gs ek

se m

These are the facts: The Walker boat smashed into Sam’s boat. Sam was shot and killed in the water. Katherine Barlow was rescued against her wishes. When they returned to the shore, she saw Mary Lou’s body lying on the ground. The donkey had been shot in the head. That all happened one hundred and ten years ago. Since then, not one drop of rain has fallen on Green Lake. You make the decision: Whom did God punish?

Three days after Sam’s death, Miss Katherine shot the sheriff while he was sitting in his chair drinking a cup of coffee. Then she carefully applied a fresh coat of red lipstick and gave him the kiss he had asked for. For the next twenty years Kissin’ Kate Barlow was one of the most feared outlaws in all the West.

leave behind forlate untied løsnet waded vasset roar brøl engine motor rescued reddet applied påførte

223

Jamaica, USA, Canada

1 a b c d e f g

Put these sentences in the correct order. Katherine killed the sheriff. Katherine and Sam kissed in the rain. Katherine ran to the sheriff to get help. Sam fixed the wiggling teacher’s desk. Sam was shot by the mob. Sam repaired the roof. Sam and Katherine tried to escape in Sam’s boat.

VIEWPOINTS

Discuss the questions. Discuss the question from the text: Whom did God punish? Why did Kate kiss the sheriff? Why was she called Kissin’ Kate?

se m

2 a b c

gs ek

TEXT ANALYSIS

3 Match the correct term to the information about the story. Choose from the list below. setting – characters – narrator – plot – conflict – theme

a We are all equal and have the right to love whoever we choose. ___ b The story is about a schoolteacher named Katherine and Sam, the onion-picker. ___ c After Miss Katherine and Sam fall in love, the townspeople destroy the school and kill Sam. ___ d The story takes place about a hundred years ago in Green Lake, Texas. ___ e Miss Katherine and Sam challenge the norms in society. ___ f The story is told by an unknown, third person. ___

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

224

Narrator: Who tells the story? Setting: Where and when does the story takes place? Characters: Who is the story about? Plot: What happens in the story? Conflict: What is the problem? Theme: What the story is really about?

Jamaica, USA, Canada

WRITING WORKSHOP 4 a b c d e f g

Direct Speech. Which character said ... “Is something wrong?” Sam “I can fix that.” “God will punish you.” “She’s poisoning your children’s brains with books.” “You kissed the onion-picker. Why won’t you kiss me?” “We are all equal under the eyes of God.” “We have to leave Mary Lou behind.”

How do writers show that a character is speaking? Put quotation marks around the words said. Start a new paragraph each time there is a change in speaker. Write said (or something similar) + the name of the character next to the words spoken. D All of the above

se m

5 A B C

gs ek

6 Copy these lines from the story. Use punctuation, capital letters and new paragraphs where necessary. Afterwards, check your work against the original text.

is something wrong he asked her oh sam she said my heart is breaking I can fix that said sam she turned to him he took hold of both of her hands and kissed her

7 Write a dialogue between Kate and Sam on one of the nights they work and talk about poetry in the schoolhouse. Use punctuation, capital letters and new paragraphs where necessary.

225

Jamaica, USA, Canada

LANGUAGE LAB

CREATIVE CORNER

se m

8 Past continuous tense Write the correct form, was or were? a He was fixing the roof. b Miss Katherine ___ reading poems to him. c She ___ listening to the pitter-patter of the rain. d Her brain and heart ___ spinning. e Sam and Katherine ___ kissing in the rain. f A mob ___ storming the school. g People ___ destroying the schoolhouse. h Smoke ___ rising from the schoolhouse. t Sam ___ hitching Mary Lou to the cart. j Mary Lou’s body ___ lying on the ground. k The sheriff ___ sitting in his chair.

gs ek

9 I love my love Play this game in small groups. The first person has the letter A, and must find an adjective, person’s name and place name starting with A, following the form below. The next person continues with B, and so on through the alphabet. You can skip difficult letters like Q and X or you can help each other find funny words. Try to use names and places from the USA.

TASKS

166

226

I love my love because he is active. His name is Alex. He lives in Atlanta. I love my love because she is brave. Her name is Brenda. She lives in Boston.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

227

10 Make a “Wanted Dead or Alive” poster for Kissin’ Kate. 11 These are some famous American folk heroes. Choose one and search the internet to find out more about this person. Work in pairs. Make a poster with text and pictures.

Nat Turner

Daniel Boone

gs ek

Sitting Bull

se m

Geronimo Annie Oakley Davy Crockett Pocahontas

John Henry Gregorio Cortez Vu

Queen Liliuokalani

Sacajawea

Harriet Tubman

EXPLORE MORE 12 Read the book or watch the movie Holes.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Canada’s nickname is the Great White North. It is great because it is the second largest country in the world. “White” snow blankets the country during the winter months. And it lies “north” of the United States in North America. So Canada really is a large, snowy country in the north! The Vikings set foot on Canada’s east coast around 1000 AD on the island of Newfoundland. Hundreds of years later Canada became a French colony and later a British colony. The country became fully independent with its own constitution in 1982. Today Canada is part of the Commonwealth, and the British monarch is still the head of state. Canada’s ten provinces and three territories extend from the Atlantic to the Pacific and northward into the Arctic. Ottawa, the capital city, is located in the province of Ontario. So is Canada’s largest city, Toronto. The province of Quebec has the largest French-speaking population. Parlez-vous français? Quebec is also where you find Canada’s second largest city, Montreal. Nunavut territory in the north is home to Canada’s native Inuit population. The maple leaf on Canada’s flag represents Canada’s natural resources, especially its vast forests. The Canadian boreal forest, also known as the taiga, is one of the world’s largest forests. The most common types of trees found there are spruce, pine and birch. The boreal forest is an important carbon bank. Its soils, wetlands and trees soak up and store carbon. Canada’s boreal forest is important for both the global environment and Canada’s economy, but logging, mining and drilling for oil and gas threaten this area. Environmental laws ensure that forest which is cut down must be replanted.

gs ek

blankets legger et teppe over independent uavhengig constitution grunnlov monarch monark, kongelig statsovehode extend strekker seg Parlez-vous français? Snakker du fransk? native population urbefolkning maple lønnetre vast enorme boreal forests boreal (nordlig) skog spruce gran pine furu birch bjørk carbon bank karbonlager soils jordsmonn wetlands våtmarker logging hogst mining gruvedrift ensure sørge for sap saft, sevje

se m

latitude breddegrad

Canada – the Great White North

STARTING POINT

Work in pairs. Find Norway and Canada on a world map. Follow the latitude of where you live in Norway to Canada. List three places in Canada that lie on the same latitude.

228

Maple syrup, a favorite on pancakes, is made from the sap of maple trees.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

CANADA

gs ek

se m

Capital city Ottawa Population 38 million Area approximately 10 million km2 Major languages Canadian English, Canadian French Major religions Christianity 67%, Islam 3%, Hinduism 1.5% Life expectancy 84 years (women) 80 years (men) Currency Canadian dollar $

229

Jamaica, USA, Canada

1 These are the answers. What are the questions? Use the questions to quiz a partner. a The Great White North b 1000 AD c 10 d Ottawa e French f maple g taiga h spruce, pine, birch i 38 million

VIEWPOINTS

gs ek

se m

2 Discuss the question. Most of the population of Canada lives close to the US border. Why do you think this is so?

DIGITAL DIVE

3 The Toronto Star is one of Canada’s largest newspapers. You can read it online at thestar.com. Go to its website and read a news item that interests you. Write some key words and phrases to help you remember it. Then tell a partner about your news.

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

230

4 These are some famous Canadians. Choose one and look up information about him or her. Write 5–8 sentences. Share what you find in small groups.

Drake Matthew Perry

Margaret Atwood Avril Lavigne Alice Munro

Dwayne Johnson

Jim Carrey Celine Dion

Justin Bieber Elliot Page Donovan Bailey

Jamaica, USA, Canada

5 Learn Canada’s provinces and territories. Go to Seterra.com and play the map quiz game here: online.seterra.com/en/vgp/3006

CREATIVE CORNER

gs ek

se m

Draw a map of Canada. Include this information: 10 provinces 3 territories oceans Canadian Rocky Mountains Mount Logan Hudson Bay Northwest Passage Baffin Island Gulf of St. Lawrence Lake Winnipeg Lake Ontario Mackenzie River St. Lawrence River cities: Toronto, Montreal, Vancouver, Calgary, Edmonton and Ottawa.

6 • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Toronto is the most populous city in Canada, with 2.7 million people.

231

Jamaica, USA, Canada

7 a b c

Translate these common trees of the Canadian boreal forest to Norwegian. pine d aspen g willow spruce e birch h poplar larch f beech i maple

LANGUAGE LAB

its is a possessive determiner: An elephant uses its tusks to dig. it’s is short for it + is: It’s a piece of cake.

gs ek

se m

8 Its or it’s? Choose the correct form, its or it’s. a It’s the second largest country in the world. b ___ nickname is the Great White North. c ___ boreal forest soaks up and stores carbon. d ___ white because of the snow. e ___ in North America. f Ottawa is ___ capital. g Toronto is ___ largest city. h ___ national day is celebrated on 1 July. i ___ home to many different ethnic groups. j ___ northernmost point is Cape Columbia. k ___ coastline is the longest in the world. l ___ highest mountain is Mount Logan; ___ 5959 metres!

TASKS

VOCABULARY

232

9 a b c d e f g h i j k

Its or it’s? It’s never too late. A chain is only as strong as ___ weakest link. A place for everything and everything in ___ place. If a job is worth doing, ___ worth doing well. A leopard can’t change ___ spots. ___ raining cats and dogs. The jury has reached ___ decision. ___ up to you. The way a dog wags ___ tail shows how ___ feeling. When ___ in a threatening situation, a lizard might drop ___ tail. The boat has a hole in ___ hull and now ___ going to sink.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

It is a chilly spring morning on a river in northern Manitoba. Birds are chirping in the tangle of bushes along the riverbank. Scraping and clunking sounds come from a small ferry docked there. Bobby, the ferry operator, is getting the boat ready for the day. Bobby thinks he is alone. Or is he? Looking across the water, Bobby notices something peculiar. On the opposite riverbank, partly hidden in the brush, stands a massive, hairy creature. It must be three meters tall. Bobby shakes his head and rubs his eyes. The beast is still there. Grabbing the video camera that is always with him, Bobby starts recording.

gs ek

se m

The fuzzy images that Bobby took that day show a huge, furry figure standing upright. It looks straight at Bobby before disappearing into the pine forest. “It was the scariest moment of my life,” says Bobby.

chirping kvitrer tangle of bushes tettvokste busker ferry ferge peculiar merkelig brush kratt og busker creature vesen furry med pels upright oppreist

STARTING POINT

Sasquatch

What do you see in this picture? Discuss your ideas with a partner.

233

Jamaica, USA, Canada

roaming vandrende wilderness villmark blessing velsignelse supposed antatte encounter møte hoax bløff hype oppstyr explanation forklaring evidence bevis claim påstår thrilled begeistret

gs ek

se m

Many people think Bobby saw a bigfoot that morning, or sasquatch as Canadians say. Stories about shy, hairy giants roaming the wilderness of North American have been told for hundreds of years. According to legend it is a blessing, a spiritual sign to have seen a sasquatch. “Several hunters and fishermen have seen its tracks, but this is the first time we’ve had a video,” tells a local woman. Bobby’s supposed encounter with a sasquatch created a lot of excitement. Journalists showed up and the story spread. Bobby sold his video to a TV station for a lot of money. After that other people started telling the media about sasquatch observations in the same area. Was the sasquatch real, or was it all a hoax? What did Bobby really see that morning? A university professor warns people not to believe the hype. “Most sasquatch sightings are hoaxes. It is just people dressed up in ape suits. Or there’s a natural explanation, like bears” he explains. “There is no scientific evidence of sasquatches.” Many people in different parts of the world claim to have seen creatures like dragons, sphinxes, yetis and bigfoots. However, scientists have not been able to prove that any of these monsters exist. Most likely, news about such observations are fake news. Throughout history, humans have been captivated and thrilled by tales of mysterious, mythical beasts. We love these stories of the unknown and fantastical! But remember, that’s just what they are, entertaining, fictional stories. Or – are they?

234

Jamaica, USA, Canada

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING 1 a b c d e f

Answer the questions. What did Bobby think he saw that morning? Where was Bobby? What did Bobby do when he saw the sasquatch? What do the elders say about sasquatch sightings? What natural explanation might explain sasquatch sightings? Is there any scientific evidence for sasquatches?

VIEWPOINTS

Discuss the questions. What do you think Bobby saw that morning? Why do you think other people started telling stories similar to Bobby’s? Why do you think people are captivated by stories of mythical creatures?

se m

2 a b c

235

SPEAKING SPOT

gs ek

3 Make an audio recording of yourself reading the first two paragraphs of the text.

4 Work with a partner. Choose one of the mythical creatures from the word cloud. Find out more about it on the internet. What kind of creature is it? What does it look like? Where does it live? What does it do? Prepare a mini presentation with text and images, and present in small groups.

Mini presentation Your presentation should be 2–3 minutes and have: • a heading • key words and numbers • images • sources used • no reading

yeti dragon phoenix

selkie

sphinx krakenleprechaun kelpie

werewolf unicorn

centaur hydra

chupacabra

griffin

Jamaica, USA, Canada

WRITING WORKSHOP 5 Plan a short story about an encounter with a mythical creature. Use the story mountain on page 259.

CREATIVE CORNER 6 Draw a mythical creature of your own.

LANGUAGE LAB

gs ek

se m

7 Parts of speech – nouns and adjectives Write the adjective form of each noun. The adjectives are from the text. a myth mythical b mystery c fiction d mass e hair f fuzz g fur h spirit i nature j science 8 Use five of the adjectives above in sentences of your own.

TASKS

259

236

Jamaica, USA, Canada

237

bus false fierce fussy gross ice Miss niece peace place price rice spice hiss

buzz falls fears fuzzy grows eyes Ms knees peas plays prize rise spies his

se m

9 Pronouncing S and Z a The s- and z-sounds are the only difference in pronunciation between these word pairs. Practice saying the word pairs with a partner. b Make sentences with each word pair.

gs ek

10 In these word pairs the nouns (n.) and adjectives (adj.) use an s-sound and the verbs (v.) use a z-sound. Practice saying the word pairs with a partner. Then practice saying the sentences that follow with a partner.

close (adj) excuse (n) loose (adj) use (n)

a b c d e f g h i j

advise (v)

advice (n)

close (v)

excuse (v) lose (v) use (v)

Take my advice. I advise you to stay away. Please close the window. That was a close call. Please excuse me. What is your excuse this time? I have a loose tooth. Did you lose the ring? Put it to good use. May I use your phone?

Tongue twister Practice saying this tongue twister with a partner: Scissors sizzle, thistles whistle.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

STARTING POINT

What is Canada’s official and most popular winter sport? A speed skating B bandy C curling D ski jumping E cross-country skiing F alpine skiing G ice hockey H figure skating

Answer: G

238

The winters of my childhood were long, long seasons. We lived in three places – the school, the church, and the skating-rink, but our real life was on the skating-rink. Real battles were won on the skating-rink. Real strength appeared on the skatingrink. The real leaders showed themselves on the skating-rink. School was a sort of punishment. Parents always want to punish children and school is their most natural way of punishing us. However, school was also a quiet place where we could prepare for the next hockey game, lay out our next strategies. As for church, we found there the tranquility of God: there we forgot school and dreamed about the next hockey game. Through our daydreams it might happen that we would recite a prayer: we would ask God to help us play as well as Maurice Richard. We all wore the same uniform as he, the red, white, and blue uniform of the Montreal Canadiens, the best hockey team in the world; we all combed our hair in the same style as Maurice Richard, and to keep it in place we used a sort of glue – a great deal of glue. We laced our skates like Maurice

rd skating-rink skøytebane battles kamper strength styrke punishment straff tranquility ro recite lese høyt combed gredde laced knyttet

se m

gs ek

The Hockey Sweater in

Remember! You don’t have to understand all the words in a story to enjoy it.

ROCH CARRIER

Roch Carrier (1937–) is a French Canadian writer best known for his brief short stories.

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Richard, we taped our sticks like Maurice Richard. We cut all his pictures out of the papers. Truly, we knew everything about him. On the ice, when the referee blew his whistle the two teams would rush at the puck; we were five Maurice Richards taking it away from five other Maurice Richards; we were ten players, all of us wearing with the same blazing enthusiasm the uniform of the Montreal Canadiens. On our backs, we all wore the famous number 9. One day, my Montreal Canadiens sweater had become too small; then it got torn and had holes in it. My mother said: “If you wear that old sweater people are going to think we’re poor!” Then she did what she did whenever we needed new clothes. She started to leaf through the catalogue the Eaton company sent us in the mail every year. My mother was proud. She didn’t want to buy our clothes at the general store; the only things that were good enough for us were the latest styles from Eaton’s catalogue. My mother didn’t like the

skates skøyter sticks køller referee dommer blazing flammende torn revet opp leaf through bla gjennom general store landhandel

239

Jamaica, USA, Canada

gs ek

se m

order forms included with the catalogue; they were written in English and she didn’t understand a word of it. To order my hockey sweater, she did as she usually did; she took out her writing paper and wrote in her gentle schoolteacher’s hand: “Cher Monsieur Eaton, Would you be kind enough to send me a Canadiens sweater for my son who is ten years old and a little too tall for his age and Docteur Robitaille thinks he’s a little too thin? I’m sending you three dollars and please send me what’s left if there’s anything left. I hope your wrapping will be better than last time.” Monsieur Eaton was quick to answer my mother’s letter. Two weeks later we received the sweater. That day I had one of the greatest disappointments of my life! I would even say that on that day I experienced a very great sorrow. Instead of the red, white, and blue Montreal Canadiens sweater, Monsieur Eaton had sent us a blue and white sweater with a maple leaf on the front – the sweater of the Toronto Maple Leafs. I’d always worn the red, white, and blue Montreal Canadiens sweater; all my friends wore the red, white, and blue sweater; never had anyone in my village ever worn the Toronto sweater, never had we even seen a Toronto Maple Leafs sweater. Besides, the Toronto team was regularly trounced by the triumphant Canadiens. With tears in my eyes, I found the strength to say: “I’ll never wear that uniform.” “My boy, first you’re going to try it on! If you make up your mind about things before you try, my boy, you won’t go very far in this life.” My mother had pulled the blue and white Toronto Maple Leafs sweater over my shoulders and already my arms were inside the sleeves. She pulled the sweater down and carefully smoothed all the creases in the abominable maple leaf on which, right in the middle of my chest, were written the words “Toronto Maple Leafs”. I wept. “I’ll never wear it.” “Why not? This sweater fits you ... like a glove.” “Maurice Richard would never put it on his back.” “You aren’t Maurice Richard. Anyway, it isn’t what’s on your back that counts, it’s what you’ve got inside your head.” “You’ll never put it in my head to wear a Toronto Maple Leafs sweater.” My mother sighed in despair and explained to me: “if you don’t keep this sweater which fits you perfectly I’ll have to

240

order forms bestillingsskjemaer gentle mild Cher (fransk) Dear wrapping innpakning disappointment skuffelse sorrow sorg trounced slo triumphant triumferende sleeves ermene creases bretter abominable avskyelig chest bryst wept gråt counts teller despair fortvilelse

Jamaica, USA, Canada Anglais (fransk) English insulted fornærmet obliged to nødt til, måtte defence forsvar penalty straff persecution forfølgelse relieved lettet debris rester vicar prest moths møll

gs ek

se m

write Monsieur Eaton and explain that you don’t want to wear the Toronto sweater. Monsieur Eaton’s an Anglais; he’ll be insulted because he likes the Maple Leafs. And if he’s insulted do you think he’ll be in a hurry to answer us? Spring will be here and you won’t have played a single game, just because you didn’t want to wear that perfectly nice blue sweater.” So I was obliged to wear the Maple Leafs sweater. When I arrived on the rink, all the Maurice Richards in red, white, and blue came up, one by one, to take a look. When the referee blew his whistle I went to take my usual position. The coach came and warned me I’d be better to stay on the forward line. A few minutes later the second line was called; I jumped onto the ice. The Maple Leafs sweater weighed on my shoulders like a mountain. The coach came and told me to wait; he’d need me later, on defence. By the third period I still hadn’t played; one of the defence-men was hit in the nose with a stick and it was bleeding. I jumped on the ice: my moment had come! The referee blew his whistle; he gave me a penalty. He claimed I’d jumped on the ice when there were already five players. That was too much! It was unfair! It was persecution! It was because of my blue sweater! I struck my stick against the ice so hard it broke. Relieved, I bent down to pick up the debris. As I straightened up I saw the young vicar, on skates, before me. “My child,” he said, “just because you’re wearing a new Toronto Maple Leafs sweater unlike the others, it doesn’t mean you’re going to make the laws around here. A proper young man doesn’t lose his temper. Now take off your skates and go to the church and ask God to forgive you. Wearing my Maple Leafs sweater I went to the church, where I prayed to God; I asked him to send, as quickly as possible, moths that would eat up my Toronto Maple Leafs sweater.

241

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Answer the questions. What do the narrator and his friends do in school and church? Which uniform do they all wear? Who is their hero? Why does he need a new sweater? Why doesn’t his mother use the catalogue order forms? What is wrong with the new sweater? How does he feel about the new sweater? What happens when he shows up to play hockey? Why does he pray to God to send moths?

1 a b c d e f g h i

VIEWPOINTS

TEXT ANALYSIS

gs ek

se m

2 Discuss the questions. a How do you think the story continues? What happens next? b Have you had any experiences similar to the ones in this story? What happened? c Where in Canada do you think the story takes place? How do you know? d Why do you think Eaton’s catalogue sends the wrong sweater? e In what ways does the story show tension between French Canada and English Canada?

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

242

4 First sentences Copy the first sentence of the story. Does the sentence tell about setting, characters or both? Does the writer use a first person or third person narrator? Find word clues.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

VOCABULARY 5 Winter sports Translate each of the sports in the Starting point task to Norwegian.

gs ek

se m

6 Winter sports equipment

Work with a partner. Make a list of the winter sports equipment you see in the picture. Can you think of any other equipment to add to the list?

SPEAKING SPOT

7 What is your favorite winter sport? Why? In small groups, tell each other about participating in or watching this sport.

DIGITAL DIVE 8 The National Film Board of Canada NFB has made an animated film (10 min.) of this story called “The Sweater”. Go to YouTube and enter the search words the sweater to find it. After watching, discuss these questions. a Do you have an athlete or a celebrity you are passionate about? Who and why? b Do you have any items, like a poster or a t-shirt, which show your passion? What are they?

243

Jamaica, USA, Canada

10 Canadian hockey players Search the internet to find out more about each player and answer the questions.

gs ek

se m

Maurice Richard (1921–2000) is a hockey legend in Canada and the face of hockey for French Canadians in Quebec. a What was his nickname? b What happened in Montreal when Richard was suspended for fighting in 1955?

Wayne Gretzky (1961–) is the leading scorer in NHL history and called the greatest player ever. c Growing up, what did his family have in their back yard? d What was his jersey number?

er rd

TASKS

9 North America’s largest hockey league is the National Hockey League or NHL. Go to NHL’s official website (nhl.com) then answer the questions. a Which NHL teams are from Canada? b Which team won the most recent Stanley Cup?

244

Hayley Wickenheiser (1978–) is a pioneer in women’s hockey and considered the best female player of all time. e How old was she when she played hockey at her first Winter Olympics? f In which sport did she compete in the 2000 Summer Olympics?

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Lucy Maud Montgomery (1874–1942) was a Canadian writer best known for her novels about Anne Shirley set in Prince Edward Island.

STARTING POINT

Go to YouTube and watch the video presentation “Heritage Minutes: Lucy Maud Montgomery”. What did Montgomery have to battle to become a famous writer?

245

LUCY MAUD MONTGOMERY

Anne of Green Gables in

gs ek

se m

This extract is taken from the novel Anne of Green Gables. In the novel, Marilla Cuthbert and her brother, Matthew, are getting older. They live on a farm in Canada, and they need some help to work the farm. They have decided to adopt a boy from a local orphanage. When Matthew goes to the train station to pick up the boy, he finds that the orphanage has sent a young girl. He takes her to the farm to meet his sister.

Marilla came briskly forward as Matthew opened the door. But when her eyes fell on the odd little figure in the stiff, ugly dress, with the long braids of red hair and the eager, luminous eyes, she stopped short in amazement. “Matthew Cuthbert, who’s that?” she exclaimed. “Where is the boy?” “There wasn’t any boy,” said Matthew wretchedly. “There was only her.” He nodded at the child, remembering that he had never even asked her name. “No boy! But there must have been a boy,” insisted Marilla. “We sent word to Mrs. Spencer to bring a boy.” “Well, she didn’t. She brought her. I asked the stationmaster. And I had to bring her home. She couldn’t be left there, no matter where the mistake had come in.” “Well, this is a pretty piece of business!” exclaimed Marilla. During this dialogue the child had remained silent, her eyes roving from one to the other, all the animation fading

Remember! You don’t have to understand all the words in a story to enjoy it.

orphanage barnehjem unfortunately uheldigvis briskly brått, raskt braids fletter luminous lysende amazement undring pretty piece of business fine greier (ironisk) exclaimed utbrøt wretchedly elendig, stakkarslig remained forblitt roving vandrende animation fading livligheten bleknet

Jamaica, USA, Canada out of her face. Suddenly she seemed to grasp the full meaning of what had been said. Dropping her precious carpet-bag she sprang forward a step and clasped her hands. “You don’t want me!” she cried. “You don’t want me because I’m not a boy! I might have expected it. Nobody ever did want me. I might have known it was all too beautiful to last. I might have known nobody really did want me. Oh, what shall I do? I’m going to burst into tears!” Burst into tears she did. Sitting down on a chair by the table, flinging her arms out upon it, and burying her face in them, she proceeded to cry stormily. Marilla and Matthew

gs ek

se m

grasp oppfatte precious dyrebar carpet-bag myk reisekoffert clasped slo (hendene sammen) proceeded fortsatte, gikk videre til stormily voldsomt, stormfullt

246

Jamaica, USA, Canada

gs ek

se m

looked at each other deprecatingly across the stove. Neither of them knew what to say or do. Finally Marilla stepped lamely into the breach. “Well, well, there’s no need to cry so about it.” “Yes, there is need!” The child raised her head quickly, revealing a tear-stained face and trembling lips. “You would cry, too, if you were an orphan and had come to a place you thought was going to be home and found that they didn’t want you because you weren’t a boy. Oh, this is the most tragical thing that ever happened to me!” Something like a reluctant smile, rather rusty from long disuse, mellowed Marilla’s grim expression. “Well, don’t cry any more. We’re not going to turn you out-of-doors to-night. You’ll have to stay here until we investigate this affair. What’s your name?” The child hesitated for a moment. “Will you please call me Cordelia?” she said eagerly. “Call you Cordelia? Is that your name?” “No-o-o, it’s not exactly my name, but I would love to be called Cordelia. It’s such a perfectly elegant name.” “I don’t know what on earth you mean. If Cordelia isn’t your name, what is?” “Anne Shirley,” reluctantly faltered forth the owner of that name, “but, oh, please do call me Cordelia. It can’t matter much to you what you call me if I’m only going to be here a little while, can it? And Anne is such an unromantic name.” “Unromantic fiddlesticks!” said the unsympathetic Marilla. “Anne is a real good plain sensible name. You’ve no need to be ashamed of it.” “Oh, I’m not ashamed of it,” explained Anne, “only I like Cordelia better. I’ve always imagined that my name was Cordelia—at least, I always have of late years. When I was young I used to imagine it was Geraldine, but I like Cordelia better now. But if you call me Anne please call me Anne spelled with an E.” “What difference does it make how it’s spelled?” asked Marilla with another rusty smile as she picked up the teapot. “Oh, it makes such a difference. It looks so much nicer. When you hear a name pronounced can’t you always see it in your mind, just as if it was printed out? I can; and A-n-n looks dreadful, but A-n-n-e looks so much more distinguished. If you’ll only call me Anne spelled with an E, I shall try to reconcile myself to not being called Cordelia.”

deprecatingly misbilligende, misfornøyd stove komfyr stepped lamely into the reach her: rykket nølende inn revealing avsløre tear-stained tårevått trembling skjelvende an orphan en foreldreløs reluctant motvillig rather rusty her: ganske blekt, svakt long disuse ha vært ubrukt lenge mellowed mildne grim expression dystert uttrykk turn you out-of-doors sende deg ut av døren investigate undersøke affair sak hesitated nølte eagerly ivrig reluctantly motvillig faltered forth the owner vaklet eieren frem fiddlesticks sludder og vås plain enkelt sensible fornuftig imagined sett for meg dreadful fryktelig distinguished fornemt reconcile forsone seg

247

Jamaica, USA, Canada

1 a b c d e

True or false? If the sentence is false, write what is true. Marilla and Matthew want to adopt a girl. Matthew picks up the girl at the train station. The girl starts to cry. Marilla says the girl has to leave right now. The girl’s name is Cordelia.

VIEWPOINTS Discuss the questions. Why do you think the Cuthberts wanted a boy? Do you think the girl will get to stay with Marilla and Matthew? Anne of Green Gables was published in 1908. What do you think girls’ and boy’s roles were like in the early 1900s compared to today? d Anne wishes her name were Cordelia. If you were to pick another name for yourself, what would it be and why?

gs ek

se m

2 a b c

TEXT ANALYSIS

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

248

4 First sentences Copy the first sentence of the story. Does the sentence tell about setting, characters or both? Does the writer use a first person or third person narrator? Find word clues.

249

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

VOCABULARY

Amybeth McNulty plays Anne in the Netflix series Anne with an E from 2017.

5 Do the vocabulary tasks. a Find words and expressions related to crying in the text. b Translate this sentence from the text: Something like a reluctant smile, rather rusty from long disuse, mellowed Marilla’s grim expression. c Use these words in sentences: exclaim, reluctant, reveal.

WRITING WORKSHOP 6 How does the story continue? Write about what happens the next morning. Try to balance description, action and dialogue in your text.

EXPLORE MORE 7 Anne with an E a Watch the first episode of the Netflix series about Anne, Anne with an E. b Write short descriptions (3–5 sentences) of Matthew, Marilla and Anne.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

se m

1 US State Prepare and present a mini presentation about a US state. You can answer these questions: • What does the flag look like? • What is the state’s nickname? • Where is it (show a map)? • How big is it (compared to Norway)? • What is the climate and geography? • What is the population (compared to Norway)? • What is the capital city and other important cities? • What is one important landmark? • What is one other interesting thing that we should know about this state?

IN THE NEWS

gs ek

Mini presentation Your presentation should be 2–3 minutes and have: • a heading • key words and numbers • images • sources used • no reading

SPEAK & WRITE

ORAL PRACTICE

2 In the News Follow the news about Jamaica, the USA or Canada in one of these online newspapers: Jamaica: the Jamaica Gleaner (jamaica-gleaner.com) or the Jamaica Observer (jamaicaobserver.com) USA: the Los Angeles Times (latimes.com) Canada: the Toronto Star (thestar.com)

250

Choose a news item that you think is important or interesting. Read and take notes, then prepare and present your news. Your presentation should include: • What happened? • Where and when did the news take place? • Who was involved? • Why did it happen? Background information • Your thoughts and reflections: Why did you choose this news? Why do you think it is important or interesting? Any other thoughts or reflections? • Sources: Where did you find your information?

Jamaica, USA, Canada

WRITING PRACTICE 3 Short story Write a short story about an encounter with a mythical creature. Give your story a suitable title. You can use the plan you made for task 5 on page 236. 4 Creative text Choose one of the texts you have read in this chapter. Imagine that the text is about you. Rewrite a scene from the text as if you were in it. Include action, description and dialogue in your text.

gs ek

se m

5 Letter Imagine that you have immigrated to Jamaica, the USA or Canada from Norway, either in the past or in the present. Write a letter home about your experiences. Plan your letter before you write. You can answer these questions in your text if you want to: • Where did you settle? • What does it look like there? • What is your new home like? • What do you do there? • Who are your friends? • What do you like about your new life? • What do you dislike about your new life? • What challenges have you met? • What are your dreams and hopes for the future? • Do you plan to stay?

6 Interview Choose a person that you have learned about in this chapter. You are a reporter sent by your newspaper to interview this person. Write the interview.

encounter treff

251

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Ordklassen pronomen består av ord som står i stedet for eller peker tilbake på substantiver. Vi bruker pronomen for å unngå å repetere samme substantiv flere ganger. Det finnes flere typer pronomen.

PERSONLIGE PRONOMEN PERSONAL PRONOUNS

gs ek

se m

Personlige pronomen er ord som kan stå i stedet for navn på mennesker og ting. Paul and I are studying for a test. We are studying for a test. Christina told me a secret. She told me a secret.

LANGUAGE WORK

PRONOMEN PRONOUNS

1 a b c d e f g h i

252

Find a personal pronoun to replace the words in bold. Tom makes the best apple cake in the world. He Aunt Mary loves to play golf. Amir and Chris have been best friends since the first day of school. David is a great friend. The pie is tasty. Lisa and I dream about going to see Liverpool play at Anfield. Mom and Dad are Manchester United fans. The old man next door seems lonely. The footballs are in the garage.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Det finnes to former for personlige pronomen, subjektsformer og objektsformer. Subjektsform: He kissed Sarah. Objektsform: Sarah kissed him. 2 a b c d e f

Find the correct personal I know Mike. They know Mike. You know Mike. We know Mike. He knows Mike. She knows Mike.

3 a b c d e f g h i

Replace the words in bold with the correct personal pronoun. Do you know Mrs. Robertson? her Have you seen Charlotte? Did you meet June and Julia? The dog followed Mohammad and me all the way to school. What exactly did you tell your brother? I bought a Christmas gift for my parents. Grandma had a great surprise for my sister and me. Did you see the helicopter? I can’t find my glasses.

4 a b c d e f g h i

Find the correct personal pronoun. These shoes are very nice. I think I will buy them. I don’t like this dress. You can have ___. Your father is very nice. I like ___. My parents are so embarrassing. ___ like to sing in the car. We are taking a swim. Do you want to come with ___? I have not met the new neighbours yet. Have you met ___? Where is your sister? I need to talk to ___. Who is that girl? Why are you smiling at ___? These glasses are new. Do you like ___?

me. ___. ___. ___. ___. ___.

gs ek

se m

pronoun. Mike knows Mike knows Mike knows Mike knows Mike knows Mike knows

Subject I you he she it we you they

Object me you him her it us you them

253

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Eiendomspronomen signaliserer hvem som eier noe. Noen eiendomspronomen brukes foran et substantiv. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE NOUN

5 a b c d e f g h i j

gs ek

se m

my your his her its our your their

I you he she it we you they

Eiendomspronomen som brukes foran substantiv heter possessive adjectives på engelsk.

He likes his job. This is my bike. The white cat over there is their cat.

Find the correct possessive adjective. Thank you for your kindness. I need to call David. Do you have ___ phone number? I cried out in pain when the dentist pulled ___ tooth. We want to have a party and invite all ___ friends! Remember to wash ___ hands before you eat. When a dog is happy, it wags ___ tail. Mother lost ___ car keys, so she had to borrow mine. Steve and Christine forgot to bring ___ passports and missed the flight. Please turn off ___ cell phones before the performance starts. The bird has broken ___ wing.

LANGUAGE WORK

EIENDOMSPRONOMEN POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES

254

Jamaica, USA, Canada

6 a b c d e f g h

Translate the sentences. Dette er hatten hans. This is his hat. Hva er adressen din? Dette er broren min. Vask hendene deres. Se, der er bilen hennes. Barna deres er 12 og 14. Oxford er berømt for universitetet sitt. Huset vårt er hvitt.

EIENDOMSPRONOMEN POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS

gs ek

se m

mine yours his hers its ours yours theirs

I you he she it we you they

Her er eiendomspronomen som brukes når det ikke følger et substantiv bak. På engelsk heter disse possessive pronouns.

I didn’t have a bike, but Claire gave me hers. This is my problem, not yours. I would like you to meet some friends of mine. This is not our car. It is theirs. 7 a b c d e f g

Which pronoun is correct? That is not my/mine book. Can I borrow your phone, please? I forgot my/mine at home. Who owns this car? It is their/theirs. Her/hers room is nicer that my/mine. I would like to meet your/yours friends. Is this car her/hers? Grandma gave us the money, so it is our/ours.

255

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Find the correct possessive pronoun. This is your house. The house is yours. This is their money. The money is ___. These are her shoes. They are ___. These are our children. All four are ___. We would like you to meet some friends of ___. “Is this your coat?” “No, ___ is black.” “Is this his bag?” “Yes, that bag is ___.”

PRONOMENOVERSIKT PRONOUN CHART Possessive pronouns

object form

mine

you (singular)

you

your

him

his

she

her

you (plural)

you

they

them

subject form

Possessive adjectives

se m

Personal pronouns

yours his

hers

gs ek

Personal pronouns

(not used)

our

ours

your

yours

their

theirs

its

LANGUAGE WORK

8 a b c d e f g

256

Jamaica, USA, Canada

gs ek

se m

9 Translate the pronoun in brackets to complete the sentences. Then re-write the text. a She (hun) owns a pair of jeans. ___ (de) are nice. b Remember to bring ___ (deres) books tomorrow! c They gave ___ (oss) the rest of the school day off. d The nurse gave the students flu shots. ___ (han) calms ___ (dem) down. The students like ___ (ham). e “Freeze! Put ___ (deres) hands where ___ (jeg) can see ___ (dem)!” shouted the police office at ___ (min) friend and ___ (jeg). ___ (vi) were terrified. f ___ (han) took all ___ (deres) money. The money was ___ (deres). g ___ (du) and Sam are ___ (mine) best friends. ___ (dere) are always there for ___ (meg). Funny how ___ (våre) parents are also friends! h ___ (vår) dog ate ___ (min) homework, so ___ (jeg) did not bring ___ (den) to school, but ___ (min) teacher understood. ___ (den) also ate my sister’s homework. ___ (hennes) teacher was mad at ___ (henne).

10 Pronouns relay race Your teacher will divide you into two relay teams. She will place a pronoun chart and colored markers at the end of the race area for each team. When the race starts, the first person on each team runs to the chart, fills in a missing pronoun form, and then runs back to their team. Then the next person runs to the chart. You choose which pronoun to fill in, but you can only write one pronoun each turn. The first team to complete their chart correctly wins! 11 Pronouns card game Play this game in groups of three or four. Make a set of cards. Write a pronoun from the pronoun chart on each card. Shuffle the cards and turn them face down. Take turns picking cards. Each player has 10 seconds to say a sentence with their pronoun. If the player doesn’t come up with a sentence, (s)he returns the card to the bottom of the pile. Players keep each card they complete. When all of the cards are gone, players count their cards. The player with the most cards wins!

THEY YOUR

MINE

257

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Det finnes ulike typer kreative tekster. Noveller er en type kreativ tekst. I dette skrivekurset får du tips til å planlegge, bygge opp og skrive en novelle. Du lærer også å veksle mellom beskrivelse, handling og dialog når du skriver kreative tekster.

Å SKRIVE NOVELLER WRITING SHORT STORIES

se m

Noen ganger vil en skriveoppgave be deg om å skrive en novelle. Dette skrivekurset vil hjelpe deg på vei mot å skrive en interessant og spennende novelle.

PLANLEGG PLANNING

gs ek

Planlegg hovedelementene i novellen din før du begynner å skrive: miljøskildring (setting), hovedkarakterer (characters), konflikt (conflict) og handling (plot).

Miljøskildring: Hvor og når foregår historien? Hovedkarakterer: Hvem handler historien om? Konflikt: Hva er problemet eller situasjonen som må løses? Handling: Hva skjer?

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 4

This writing lesson teaches you • to write short stories • to switch between description, action and dialogue in creative texts

258

WHERE? WHEN? WHO? WHAT? WHICH? WHY? HOW?

Jamaica, USA, Canada

BYGG OPP SPENNING BUILDING SUSPENSE

gs ek

se m

The Story Mountain

Spenningskurven i de fleste noveller er bygget opp slik:

1 Choose one of the short story tasks below. Use the story mountain to plan the story. a A teen orders water guns online. When the package arrives, what is inside changes everything. b During lab, a teen invents a cream that makes pimples disappear. c A strange little girl gives a teen a small box and then runs away. d A teen sees a limo parked outside with two bodyguards. Then there is a knock at the door. e Lightning strikes the football pitch during the middle of a game.

FORTELLER NARRATOR Alle historier trenger en forteller. Fortelleren er stemmen som forteller historien. Du kan velge å bruke enten en førsteperson som forteller (I, we), eller en tredjeperson som forteller (he, she, they). Det er lurt å holde seg til samme fortellerstemme gjennom hele historien.

259

Jamaica, USA, Canada

se m

3 Choose one of the sentences and change it to the other kind of narrator.

gs ek

Example: Johnny never knew for certain why he started seeing the dead. I never knew for certain why I started seeing the dead.

FØRSTE SETNINGER FIRST SENTENCES

Tidlig i historien din bør du skildre miljøet og hovedkarakterene. Tenk over hvordan du vil at leseren skal oppfatte karakterene dine. Skal leseren like karakteren? Eller kanskje ikke? Hva slags inntrykk får leseren av Katherine i denne setningen?

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 4

2 First or third person narrator? These are the first sentences from some famous books. Is the narrator first person or third person? Find the word clues that tell you this. a Johnny never knew for certain why he started seeing the dead. Third person: Johnny, he b Gramps says that I am a country girl at heart, and that is true. c They were not railway children to begin with. d The boy with fair hair lowered himself down the last few feet of rock and began to pick his way towards the lagoon. e My father got the dog drunk on cherry brandy at the party last night. f Lyra and her daemon moved through the darkening hall, taking care to keep to one side, out of sight of the kitchen. g My mother drove me to the airport with the windows rolled down.

Whenever Katherine Barlow bought onions, she always bought an extra one or two and would let Mary Lou eat them out of her hand.

260

De fleste historier er skrevet i fortid.

Jamaica, USA, Canada

gs ek

se m

4 First sentences These are the first sentences from some famous books. Do you learn about setting, characters or both in the sentences? Find word clues for setting and characters. a In a hole in the ground there lived a hobbit. Setting: hole in the ground. Character: hobbit. b Alice was beginning to get very tired of sitting by her sister on the riverbank, and of having nothing to do. c In the great forest a little elephant was born, his name was Babar. d Mr and Mrs Dursley, of number four Privet Drive, were proud to say that they were perfectly normal, thank you very much. e When Mary Lennox was sent to Misselthwaite Manor to live with her uncle everybody said she was the most disagreeable-looking child ever seen. f Dorothy lived in the midst of the great Kansas prairies, with Uncle Henry, who was a farmer, and Aunt Em, who was the farmer’s wife. g Way out at the end of a tiny little town was an old overgrown garden, and in the garden was an old house, and in the house lived Pippi Longstocking.

BRUK BESKRIVELSE, HANDLING OG DIALOG USE DESCRIPTION, ACTION AND DIALOGUE

Mens du skriver, kan du prøve å veksle mellom avsnitt med beskrivelse, handling og dialog for å skape en god balanse.

DESCRIPTION

details about places, characters and objects

ACTION

what happens

DIALOGUE

the words people say to each other

261

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Gode beskrivelser får steder, gjenstander og karakterer til å virke ekte. Det er mest vanlig å beskrive hvordan noe ser ut, men prøv å bruke detaljer som appellerer til alle sansene (sensory detail): smak, syn, berøring, lukt, hørsel.

gs ek

se m

5 Find sensory details in these lines. a Place: It is a chilly spring morning on a river in northern Manitoba. The fresh scent of pine fills the air. b Object: Miss Katherine heard the loud roar of the engine. Then she saw the ugly black smoke ... c Character: Her eyes fell on the odd little figure in the stiff, ugly dress, with the long braids of red hair and the eager, luminous eyes.

sensory detail detaljer som appellerer til sansene

6 Write a description of one of these places, objects or characters. Use sensory details.

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 4

BESKRIVELSE DESCRIPTION

a beach

262

a strawberry

a baby

a street

a sweater

an old person

a restaurant

a teddy bear

an animal

Places

Objects

Characters

Jamaica, USA, Canada

HANDLING ACTION Handlingsverb hjelper deg med å fortelle hva som skjer i historien din. De gjør at teksten din blir levende.

LEAN

CRAWL

HIT

FLY

PUNCH

SWIM

gs ek

CARRY

se m

SIT

CLIMB

KICK

Find the action verbs in these sentences. He pulled off his hat and screamed. pulled, screamed He filled his hat with the steaming beans and put the lid back on the pot. She turned to him. He took hold of both of her hands, and kissed her. Park shrugged and pulled one of her curls straight. Bobby shakes his head and rubs his eyes. She pulled the sweater down and carefully smoothed all the creases. Dropping her precious carpet-bag she sprang forward a step and clasped her hands.

8 a b c d e f g

Change these sentences. Use action verbs and more description. She got out of bed. She crawled out of bed and fell to the cold floor. They were at the dance. She had a birthday party. They were at the water park. He got the cat down from the tree. They had a fight. She had a skiing accident.

7 a b c d e f g

263

Jamaica, USA, Canada

Dialog gir personene i historien en stemme. For å vise hva en person sier bruk anførselstegn rundt det som blir sagt. Start et nytt avsnitt hver gang en ny person begynner å snakke. “Because it’s prom,” he said. “And it’s lame,” she said. “How do you know?” “Because the theme is ‘I Want to Know What Love Is.’” “That’s not such a bad song,” he said. “Are you drunk, it’s Foreigner.”

Det er greit å bruke said når du skriver dialog, men prøv å bruke andre ord også.

gs ek

laughed

se m

9 Alternatives to said. Translate the words in the word cloud to Norwegian.

mumbled argued er

replied rd

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 4

DIALOG DIALOGUE

264

sighed asked

cried

yelled

moaned

agreed

suggested

gasped began whispered explained

shouted

gs ek

se m

Jamaica, USA, Canada

10 Write a conversation between two or more people about one of the topics below. Write 5–8 lines of dialogue. Make your language richer and more colourful by using alternatives to “said” from the word cloud. Remember quotation marks! • a missing person • falling in love • getting into trouble • an accident • a disagreement Example: “Are you hurt?” cried Elizabeth. “It hurts to breathe,” moaned Jonathan. “Don’t move. I’ll call 911,” declared Elizabeth. “Tell them to hurry,” gasped Jonathan. “Hold on, darling. You’re going to be okay,” pleaded Elizabeth. Jonathan closed his eyes and whispered, “Don’t leave me”. 11 Write a short story. Use your plan from task 1. Write the short story. Try to balance action, description and dialogue. Give your story a suitable title.

Husk å organisere historien din i avsnitt.

265

Love and Relationships

pl se m gs ek in er rd

CHAPTER 5

Love and Relationships Vu

266

267

gs ek

se m

Love and Relationships

Chapter Focus • reading, writing and speaking about love and relationships • using it and there • using direct and indirect speech

Love and Relationships

BILLY STEINBERG AND TOM KELLY

True Colors

And I’ll see your true colors Shining through I see your true colors And that’s why I love you So don’t be afraid to let them show Your true colors Your true colors are beautiful, Like a rainbow

gs ek

se m

You with the sad eyes Don’t be discouraged Though I realize It’s hard to take courage In a world full of people You can lose sight of it all And the darkness inside you Can make you feel so small

But I see your true colors Shining through I see your true colors And that’s why I love you So don’t be afraid to let them show Your true colors True colors are beautiful, Like a rainbow

STARTING POINT

Several artists have recorded and performed this song, among them Cyndi Lauper, John Legend, and Justin Timberlake and Anna Kendrick. Find your favourite and listen to it!

268

Show me a smile then, Don’t be unhappy, Can’t remember when I last saw you laughing If this world makes you crazy And you’ve taken all you can bear You call me up Because you know I’ll be there

If this world makes you crazy And you’ve taken all you can bear You call me up Because you know I’ll be there And I’ll see your true colors Shining through I see your true colors And that’s why I love you So don’t be afraid to let them show Your true colors Your true colors are beautiful, Like a rainbow

Love and Relationships to take courage ta mot til seg lose sight (of) miste av syne darkness mørket shining through

gs ek

se m

true colors her: ditt sanne jeg discouraged motløs though selv om realize innser

269

skinner gjennom let them show vise dem taken all you can bear klarer ikke mer

Love and Relationships

1 Get a handout from your teacher. Fill in the missing words as you listen to the song.

VIEWPOINTS Discuss the questions. What do you think the line “I see your true colors” means? Why do you think “you” has sad eyes and feels small? How would you describe the relationship between “you” and “I” in the song?

2 a b c

gs ek

se m

Use these words and phrases from the lyrics in sentences your own. discouraged realize take courage lose sight of all you can bear

3 of a b c d e

VOCABULARY

4 • • • •

SPEAKING SPOT

Pick a song that makes you feel good and present it in class. Who wrote it? Who sings it? What is it about? Why does it make you feel good?

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

270

5 Speed dating Speed dating is a good way to talk to a lot of different people quickly. You are going to participate in a speed dating event with your class. Divide the class in two and make two lines facing each other. You will have two minutes to talk to the partner in front of you about a topic, before moving down the line to a new partner. Your teacher will give you the discussion topics. Use these speaking prompts if you want to.

Love and Relationships

You go first. What about you?

What do you think?

Why is that?

gs ek

Would you like to start?

se m

That sounds wonderful.

Tell me more! Now it’s your turn.

That’s really interesting. I like that too.

271

Love and Relationships

Marigold

Remember! You don’t have to understand all the words in a story to enjoy it.

I came out of school the next day and there was Marigold, waiting for me. She was standing near the other mothers but she stuck right out. Some of the kids in the playground were pointing at her. Even Owly Morris blinked through his bottleglasses and stood transfixed. For a moment it was as if I’d borrowed his thick specs and was seeing Marigold clearly for the first time. I saw a redhaired woman in a halter top and shorts, her white skin vividly tattooed, designs on her arms, her shoulders, her thighs, one ankle, even her foot. I knew several of the fathers had tattoos. One of the mothers had a tiny butterfly on her shoulder blade. But no one had tattoos like Marigold. She was beautiful. She was bizarre. She didn’t seem to notice that none of the mothers were talking to her. She jumped up and down, waving both hands when she saw me. “Dol! Dolly, hi! Yoohoo!” Now they weren’t just staring at Marigold. They were staring at me too. I felt as if I were on fire. I tried to smile at Marigold as I walked towards her. My lips got stuck on my teeth. I felt like I was wading through treacle. “Dol, quick!” Marigold shouted. I got quicker, because she was making such a noise. “Which one’s Tasha?” Marigold asked.

JACQUELINE WILSON

Jacqueline Wilson (1945–) is an English author. The extract “Marigold” is from her novel Illustrated Mum.

se m

STARTING POINT

Do you know anyone with a tattoo? Describe it. What does the tattoo say about the person you know? Do you know the story behind it? How do you feel about tattoos?

gs ek

272

stuck out skilte seg ut bottleglasses colabunner (tykke brilleglass) transfixed stivnet specs (spectacles) briller halter top overdel med bar rygg og knytebånd rundt halsen vividly her: fargerikt thighs lår bizarre bisarr, underlig notice legge merke til wading vade, vasse til langt opp på låret treacle sirup

gs ek

se m

Love and Relationships

I felt sick. No. Please. I glanced at Tasha as she crossed the playground, tossing her beautiful hair. I saw her mother, elegant and ordinary in a T-shirt and flowery skirt, her own blonde hair tied up in a topknot. “I can’t see her. Maybe she’s gone,” I gabbled, but Marigold had seen my glance. “Isn’t that her? The one with the hair? Hi, Tasha! Tasha, come over here!”

glanced at så på tossing kaste på topknot oppsatt hår i knute gabbled bablet glance blikk

273

Love and Relationships “Marigold! Sh! Don’t!” I said in agony. “It’s OK, Dol,” said Marigold. It wasn’t OK. Tasha stood still, staring. Tasha’s mother was frowning. She hurried to Tasha and put her arm round her protectively. “Hey, wait!” Marigold shouted, rushing over to them. I had to follow her. “What do you want?” said Tasha’s mother. Her alarm and hostility were so obvious that Marigold couldn’t ignore it. “It’s OK, no worries,” said Marigold. “I just thought I’d introduce myself. I’m Dolphin’s mother. She and Tasha are friends.” “No, we’re not,” said Tasha. “We’re not,” I hissed to Marigold. “Kids!” said Marigold, laughing. “Anyway, we’ve got a special tea, lots of cakes, all sorts, and we’d like Tasha to come round and play, wouldn’t we, Dol?” “She doesn’t want to,” I mumbled. “Of course she does,” said Marigold. “What’s your favourite cake, Tasha? I’ll make you anything you fancy.” “It’s very kind of you but I’m afraid Tasha can’t possibly come to tea tonight, she has her ballet class,” said Tasha’s mother. “Come along, Tasha.” “Tomorrow then? How about tomorrow?” said Marigold. “No, thank you,” said Tasha’s mother, not even bothering to find another excuse. She hurried Tasha away as if they’d just witnessed an appalling accident. Marigold stared after them, biting on the back of her hand. “It’s all right,” I said quickly. “I don’t like her any more.” “OK, who else shall we ask?” said Marigold. “No one! Let’s go home and eat lots of lovely cake, just us,” I said, putting my hand in Marigold’s.

gs ek

se m

agony ubehag, fortvilelse frowning rynke pannen protectively beskyttende alarm uro, bekymring hostility fiendtlighet obvious opplagt, åpenbar ignore overse hissed hveste tea her: måltid, middag mumbled mumlet fancy liker not even bothering gadd ikke engang excuse unnskyldning witnessed vært vitne til appalling skremmende, forferdelig

274

Love and Relationships

275 TASKS

UNDERSTANDING 1 Answer the questions. a How are Marigold and Tasha’s mother described? Write keywords from the text. b Why are the other mothers staring at Marigold? c Why does Marigold call out to Tasha and her mother? d What reason does Tasha’s mother give that Tasha can’t come to tea?

VIEWPOINTS

gs ek

se m

2 Discuss these questions. a How are Marigold and Tasha’s mothers different? What do you think about them? b What do you think the real reason is that Tasha’s mother says Tasha can’t come to tea? c Why do you think Dol puts her hand in Marigold’s at the end?

TEXT ANALYSIS

WRITING WORKSHOP 4 Make a list of advice for parents of teens about how they should behave.

Mor e tasksÅ

Love and Relationships

5 Adjectives

goofy cheerful

impatient supportive funny tired loving

fashionable

strict

gs ek

se m

bad-tempered patient

a Find the meaning of the adjectives in the word cloud. b Choose the three best words from the list that describe a mother. Compare your list to a partner’s. Explain why you chose these words.

TASKS

VOCABULARY

6 Synonyms for see a Find the meaning of each verb from the text. Then take turns miming the verbs with a partner. • transfixed • blinked • noticed • stared • glanced b Go to thesaurus.com. Find other synonyms for see. c Write 3–5 sentences with the synonyms you found.

276

Love and Relationships

CREATIVE CORNER

gs ek

se m

Punctuate the sentences and add the missing quotation marks. Hey wait Marigold shouted “Hey, wait!” Marigold shouted. Which one’s Tasha Marigold asked I can’t see her Maybe she’s gone I gabbled It’s OK Dol said Marigold What do you want said Tasha’s mother

8 a b c d e

LANGUAGE LAB

9 Find an image or draw a picture of a woman that you think looks like Marigold.

323

7 Synonyms for say a Find the meaning of each verb from the text. • shouted • asked • gabbled • hissed • mumbled b Work with a partner. Say the line below in each of these ways: shout it, ask it, gabble it, hiss it and mumble it. Let’s go home and eat lots of lovely cake. c Go to thesaurus.com. Find other synonyms for say. d Write 3–5 sentences with the synonyms you found.

10 Act out the dialogue in “Marigold” in groups of four.

277

Love and Relationships

In A.D. 79, the volcano Mount Vesuvius in Italy erupted. It buried the ancient Roman city Pompeii in ash and lava. The remains of this ancient city were discovered hundreds of years later. The Dog of Pompeii is a fictional short story inspired by this historical event. In the story you meet Tito and his faithful dog Bimbi.

Tito and his dog Bimbi lived under the wall by the town gate. They really didn’t live there; they just slept there. They lived anywhere. Pompeii was a joyful old Roman town. Shining chariots filled the streets; laughing crowds packed the open-air theaters; the great stadium hosted fake battles and popular sports. Once a year the Caesar visited the city and the fireworks lasted for days. But Tito saw none of these things. He was blind – had been blind from birth. He was known to everyone in the poor area. But no one could say how old he was, no one remembered his parents, no one knew where he came from. Bimbi was another mystery. Bimbi never left Tito’s side. He was not only dog, but nurse, pillow, playmate, mother and father to Tito. Did I say Bimbi never left Tito’s side? I was wrong. Bimbi left Tito alone exactly three times a day. Early in the morning, while Tito was still dreaming, Bimbi would disappear. When Tito woke up, Bimbi would be sitting quietly at his side with a fresh bread at his feet. Tito would stretch; Bimbi would yawn; then they would eat breakfast. At noon, no matter where they were, the two would return to their place by the gate. Tito would curl up in the corner and go to sleep, while Bimbi would disappear again. In half an hour, he’d be back with their lunch. Sometimes it was a piece of fruit or a scrap of meat, often it was nothing but dry bread. But sometimes Bimbi brought him one of those cakes with raisins that Tito liked so much. At suppertime, the same thing happened again. Whether there was much or little, hot or cold, fresh or dry, food was always there. Tito never asked where it came from

Louis Untermeyer (1885–1977) was an American poet and author.

The Dog of Pompeii

gs ek

se m

volcano eruption vulkanutbrudd

STARTING POINT

LOUIS UNTERMEYER Use the letters in VOLCANO ERUPTION to make a list of new words, like: on, pea, tour ...

278

A.D. Anno Domini etter Kristus erupted brøt ut buried begravet ancient city oldtidsby ash aske the remains restene faithful trofast chariot romersk vogn crowds folkemengder fireworks fyrverkeri birth fødsel disappear forsvinne yawn gispe raisins rosiner

gs ek

se m

Love and Relationships

and Bimbi never told him. There was no danger of going hungry or thirsty. There was plenty of everything in Pompeii – if you knew where to find it – and if you had a dog like Bimbi. Tito was never unhappy, but he was not the merriest boy in Pompeii. He could not run around with the other boys and play kings and robbers with them. But that did not make him sorry for himself. Even though he could not see, he could hear and smell things the others never noticed. When he and Bimbi went out walking, he knew just where they were going and exactly what was happening.

the merriest den gladeste noticed la merke til

279

Love and Relationships

gs ek

se m

“Ah,” he’d sniff and say, as they passed a handsome villa. “They are giving a grand dinner tonight: roast pig, and stuffed goose, and a great stew – I think bear stew – and a fig pie.” And Bimbi would note that this would be a good place to visit tomorrow. Or, as they neared the Forum, “Mm-m! What good things they have: dates and honey and sweet onions! Come, let’s go to the Forum.” And so, the two of them entered the center of Pompeii. The Forum was the central square, and everything happened here. There were temples and bazaars and shops and the town hall. Everything glittered. The buildings looked new—which, in a sense, they were. After the last earthquake twelve years ago, they had rebuilt the whole town. There was scarcely a building older than Tito. The brilliant new Pompeii had taken the place of the old. No one knew what caused these earthquakes. Records showed they had happened in the area since the beginning of time. There was talk about earthquakes this afternoon as Tito and Bimbi came to the Forum. “I tell you,” rumbled Rufus, the bath master, “there won’t be another earthquake in my lifetime. Earthquakes, like lightning, never strike twice in the same place.” “No?” asked a stranger. “How about the two towns of Sicily? They were ruined three times by the eruptions of Mount Etna. And were they not warned? And doesn’t that smoke above Mt. Vesuvius mean something?” “That?” grunted Rufus. “That’s always there.” “Yes, yes,” said the stranger. “But the smoke seems higher than usual and it’s spreading. They say when the smoke above Vesuvius grows to the shape of a tree, run for your lives.” Tito could hear the speaker draw his toga about him and leave. “Now what did he mean by that? I wonder,” grunted Rufus. Tito wondered too. But by nightfall, all was forgotten. If the smoke had increased, no one saw it in the dark. The next morning there were two of the beloved raisin cakes for his breakfast. Bimbi thumped his tail next to Tito. Did Bimbi want him to play a game or was he trying to tell him something? There was a thick fog in the air – a fog that made him cough. Tito walked to the gate by the sea. But even the salty air seemed smoky. When Tito went to bed that night, he did not sleep well. He had too many bad dreams.

280

stew gryte fig fiken dates dadler town hall rådhus earthquake jordskjelv scarcely knapt caused forårsaket lightning lyn toga romersk plagg, kappe ruined ødela eruptions utbrudd fog tåke cough hoste smoky røykfylt

Love and Relationships

gs ek

se m

Tito woke early the next morning. Or rather Bimbo woke him. The dog dragged Tito to his feet and pulled the boy along. Somewhere. Where, Tito did not know. His feet stumbled. It was hard to breathe. The air was hot. And heavy. So heavy that he could taste it. The air, it seemed, had turned to powder – a warm powder that stung his nostrils and burned his sightless eyes. Then he began to hear sounds. Peculiar sounds. Like animals under the earth. Hissing and groaning like a dying creature. The noises came from under him. He not only heard the noises – he could feel them. The earth shook. Then, as Bimbi half pulled him across, the ground jerked and Tito fell. He got to his feet, Bimbi helping him on again. The noises grew louder; they came closer. Now there were cries from people rushing by. Tito heard Rufus shout as he ran past. Time was lost in a nightmare. It was then the crashing began. First a sharp crack, then a roar, then an explosion that tore earth and sky. Lightning above was answered by thunder below. A house fell. Then another. By a miracle, the two friends were in a more open space. It was the Forum. They rested here awhile. Tito had no idea of the time of day. Something – perhaps the lack of breakfast and lunch – told him it was past noon. He was hungry. But it didn’t matter. Nothing seemed to matter. He was getting sleepy, too sleepy to walk. But walk he must. He knew it. And Bimbi knew it; the sharp tugs told him so. Nor was it a moment too soon. The ground of the Forum was safe no longer. It was beginning to rock, then to pitch, then to split. As they stumbled out of the square, all of the columns of the temple of Jupiter came down. It was the end of the world – or so it seemed. To walk was not enough now. They must run. Tito was too frightened to know what to do or where to go. He had lost all sense of direction. He started to go back; but Bimbi pulled at him. What did the creature want? Then suddenly, he understood. Bimbi was taking him to the sea. Far from falling buildings and heaving ground. Now new dangers threatened. All Pompeii seemed to be thronging toward the sea. They might be trampled to death. But the chance had to be taken. It was growing harder and harder to breathe. The air was all dust now – dust and pebbles, pebbles as large as beans. They fell on his head, his hands – stones from the black heart of Mount Vesuvius. The mountain was turning itself inside out.

breathe puste stumbled snublet powder pulver nostrils nesebor peculiar merkelig groaning stønning creature skapning noises lyder roar brøl thunder torden sense of direction retningssans trampled tråkket dust støv

281

Love and Relationships

gs ek

se m

Suddenly it seemed too late for Tito. He could not go on. He fell. In a moment Bimbi was beside him. He licked Tito’s hands, his feet, his face. But there was no answer. The boy did not move. Then Bimbi did the last thing he could – the last thing he wanted to do. He bit his friend, bit him deep in the arm. With a cry of pain, Tito jumped to his feet, Bimbi after him. Bimbi was determined. He drove the boy on, snapping at his heels. Sick with hunger, half dead with fear and fumes, Tito pounded on. How long, he never knew. At last Tito staggered through the sea gate and felt soft sand under him. Then he fainted ... Someone was throwing sea water over him. “Bimbi,” he called. And then louder, “Bimbi!” But Bimbi had disappeared. Voices shouted. “Hurry – hurry! To the boats.” “Can’t you see the child’s frightened and hungry! He keeps calling for someone! Poor boy.” They put him in the boat. The oars splashed; the boat rode over waves. Tito was safe. But he wept continually. “Bimbi!” he wailed, “Bimbi! Bimbi!” He could not be comforted.

Eighteen hundred years passed. Scientists were restoring the ancient city of Pompeii. They were working their way through the stones and ash that had buried the entire town and taken two thousand lives. Much had already been brought to light – statues, bronze instruments, mosaics, household articles, even paintings. Columns were dug up, and the Forum was beginning to emerge. In one place the Director paused. “Come here,” he called to his assistant. “I think we’ve discovered the remains of a building in good shape. It must have been a bakery. And here’s a curious thing. What do you think I found under this heap of ashes? The skeleton of a dog!” “Amazing!” gasped his assistant. “You’d think a dog would have had sense enough to run away at the time. And what is that flat thing he’s holding between his teeth? It can’t be a stone.” “No. It must have come from this bakery. You know it looks to me like some sort of cake turned to stone. And those little black pebbles are raisins. A raisin cake almost two thousand years old! I wonder what made him want it at such a moment?” “I wonder,” murmured the assistant.

282

pain smerte determined fast bestemt fumes røyk staggered sjanglet fainted besvimte oars årer wept gråt wailed jamret comforted trøstet restoring restaurere ash aske emerge dukke opp discovered oppdaget wonder lurer på murmured mumlet

Adapted from “The Dog of Pompeii” by Louis Untermeyer

Love and Relationships

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING Answer the questions. Where do Tito and Bimbi live? How is Tito different from the other boys? Why does Bimbi leave Tito three times a day? What is Tito’s favorite food? Why is the air filled with ash and the ground moving? Why does Bimbi bite Tito? Where does Bimbi take Tito? Where do the people put Tito? Why is Tito crying after he is rescued? What do scientists discover eighteen hundred years later?

1 a b c d e f g h i j

VIEWPOINTS

se m

Discuss the questions. Why do you think Bimbi disappears? How do you know? What can you say about the relationship between Tito and Bimbi? Have you ever felt strong feelings for a pet? Tell about the pet or about your relationship.

gs ek

2 a b c

283

TEXT ANALYSIS

VOCABULARY 4 Natural disasters A volcano eruption like the one in Pompeii is a natural disaster. Find the Norwegian terms for these natural disasters: a tsunami d hurricane g wildfire b volcano eruption e earthquake h drought c flood f tornado i avalanche Do you know any terms for natural disasters in other languages?

natural disaster naturkatastrofe

Love and Relationships

ar pl

WRITING WORKSHOP

gs ek

se m

6 My reflections Write a paragraph with your reflections on “The Dog of Pompeii”. Here are some questions to help you get started: • What are your thoughts and opinions on the short story? • How did the story make you feel? • Why did you respond this way?

LANGUAGE LAB

323 7 Direct speech

TASKS

5 The odd one out Which word is the odd one out? Explain why. a pebble stone rock egg b mouth knee eyes nostrils c peculiar strange curious normal d wail weep comfort cry e crowds ash smoke fumes f groan bury roar hiss g cough yawn smile wink h earthquake lightning thunder fog i raisins dates honey figs j trample sleep stagger stumble

Add the missing quotation marks to these lines from the story. a That? Grunted Rufus. “That?” grunted Rufus. b I tell you, rumbled Rufus, there won’t be another earthquake in my lifetime. c No? asked a stranger. How about the two towns of Sicily? d Now what did he mean by that? I wonder, grunted Rufus. e Bimbi, he called. f Come here, he called to his assistant. g Amazing! gasped his assistant. h I wonder, murmured the assistant.

284

Love and Relationships

320 8 It or there? a b c d e f g

There was no danger of going hungry or thirsty. ___ was hard to breathe. ___ was a temple in the Forum. ___ was past noon. ___ was too late. ___ was a thick fog in the air ___ was plenty of everything in Pompeii.

gs ek

se m

10 Contractions Write the full form of each contraction from the story. a you’ll meet you will b didn’t live c he’d sniff d let’s go e won’t be f doesn’t g that’s always there h it’s spreading I can’t you see j we’ve discovered k you’d think

9 Irregular verbs in the past tense. Get a crossword from your teacher and complete it with the past tense form of the irregular verbs from the story.

Don’t!!!

11 Prepositions Find the missing preposition from the story. Choose from the list below.

on a b c d e f g h i j

for

with

The ancient Roman city of Pompeii in Italy The fireworks lasted ___ days. Early ___ the morning When Tito woke ___ Bimbi sat quietly ___ his side ___ a fresh bread. There was plenty ___ everything ___ Pompeii. But that did not make him sorry ___ himself. Let’s go ___ the Forum. Time was lost ___ a nightmare. Bimbi was taking him ___ the sea.

285

Love and Relationships

The Chemistry of Love

chemistry kjemi emotion følelse science vitenskap struggled strevd researchers forskere proposed foreslått miracle drug mirakelmedisin invaluable uvurderlig benefits fordeler pain smerte release slippe ut cuddling kosing content tilfreds self-esteem selvfølelse boost økning, forsterkning, piff impact innvirkning cravings lyst på pat klapp prescribed skrev ut resept på anxiety engstelse palms håndflater

gs ek

se m

Try to think of a song, film or poem about love. It’s not hard to think of one, is it? Love seems to be an important theme in all cultures. There are many kinds of love: sisterly and brotherly love, the love between a parent and a child, the love between close friends, romantic couple love, and even the love for a pet. Love is a basic human emotion, but science has struggled to understand exactly what it is. Psychologists and researchers have proposed a number of different theories. But in all its forms, love seems to be a miracle drug! Having good, loving relationships with other people gives you a general sense of wellbeing. The warm feeling you get when you feel loved by family members and close friends is invaluable. Knowing that someone accepts you for who you are, supports you and cares for you can make you feel safe, peaceful and optimistic. Love can have physical health benefits as well. For instance, it can reduce pain and stress. The physical contact you have with someone you love helps the body release hormones that make you healthy and happy. Giving or receiving a warm hug or cuddling with someone actually has an effect on the chemistry in your body. One of the hormones released by physical contact is oxytocin, also known as “the cuddle hormone”. It makes you more relaxed and content. It can give your self-esteem a boost. In addition, oxytocin has a positive impact on your physical health. It strengthens your immune system and lowers your blood pressure. Some say it even reduces cravings for sweets! Other kinds of physical contact, such as holding hands, kissing, getting a massage – even a friendly pat on the back – have some of the same effects. Imagine if doctors prescribed hugging as a medicine for depression, anxiety and stress! When we fall in love, a cocktail of chemicals rushes through our bodies. These chemicals have physical effects. Adrenaline is one of the hormones that gives you butterflies in your stomach and makes your heart race and your palms

STARTING POINT

Make a vocabulary star. Your teacher will give you a handout.

286

gs ek

se m

Love and Relationships

sweat. In the early stages of a relationship, couples can be intensely focused on each other. They may experience loss of appetite, sleeplessness, intense energy and a feeling of bliss. This is all caused by the different love hormones. Sooner or later, the head-over-heels stage of a love relationship ends. However, if the chemistry between a couple is right, new love takes over and replaces passion with a feeling of attachment and comfort. To sum up, good relationships with other people are essential to a healthy and happy life. There are lots of benefits from being part of a loving family or having supportive friends. Many of these benefits come from the hormones released in the body when we feel loved and share a special connection with someone. When we are in love, the body experiences a rush of hormones that have both physical and psychological effects. Truly, love is a wonder-drug!

stages stadier bliss lykke head-over-heels hals over hode replace erstatte attachment tilhørighet essential essensiell, grunnleggende connection forbindelse

287

Love and Relationships

1 a b c

True or false? If the sentence is false, write what is true. Scientists have found an exact definition of love. Feeling loved can be good for your health. The body releases a hormone called oxytocin when we hug someone we love. d Most doctors prescribe kissing as a medicine for high blood pressure. e Adrenaline makes your heart beat faster. f Love hormones are dangerous. 2 Explain what these two hormones do, according to the article.

VIEWPOINTS

ADRENALINE

se m

OXYTOCIN

gs ek

3 Discuss the questions. a Do you think the article is right – that it is actually good for our health to have close relations with family and friends? Share some of your own experiences with a classmate. b Can you think of other things in life that are also good for our general wellbeing? c Have you ever experienced that a warm hug or cuddling with a pet makes you more relaxed and content? d What can you do to make your friends and family feel loved?

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

288

VOCABULARY

4 Related words a Translate the sentences. • Mia and Liam’s relationship ended when Liam moved to Canada. • I met many of my relatives when I visited my grandparents in Ohio. • He is related to me on my mother’s side. b Look closely at the translations of the words in italics. What is the connection between these words? Are they related? c Write a short text where you include all three words: relationship, relatives, related.

Love and Relationships

LANGUAGE LAB

5 Concord Choose the correct form of the verb. a There are (be) many kinds of love. b This basic human emotion ___ (seem) to be a miracle drug. c Having good relations with friends and family ___ (give) you health benefits. d Physical contact with loved ones or a pet ___ (release) hormones which ___ (make) you happy. e One of these hormones actually ___ (strengthen) your immune system and ___ (lower) your blood pressure. f When we fall in love, a cocktail of chemicals ___ (rush) through our bodies. g Sooner or later the overwhelming passion from the beginning of a relationship ___ (end), but if the chemistry between two people ___ (be) right, new feelings ___ (replace) the passion.

gs ek

There are many songs and films about love. ___ not hard to think of one, is it? ___ many kinds of love. ___ lots of benefits from being part of a loving family or having supportive friends. ___ important to have good relationships with others. ___ many hormones in your body.

a b c d e f

se m

320 6 Find the correct form: there is, there are or it is?

Comma Rules (or Commas Rule!) • Use commas in lists. Imagine if hugging was prescribed by doctors as a medicine for loneliness, depression, anxiety and stress! • Use a comma between two sentences joined with and or but. Love is a basic human emotion, but science has struggled to understand exactly what it is. • Use a comma in front of a tag-question (halespørsmål). It’s not hard to think of one, is it? • Use a comma to separate extra information from the main sentence. One of the hormones released by physical contact is oxytocin, also known as “the cuddle hormone”.

289

290

Love and Relationships

TASKS 7 Rewrite the sentences and add the missing commas. a Mia and Liam were together for three years but their relationship ended recently. b I met many relatives in Ohio: my grandparents cousins aunts and uncles. c Giving a hug makes you feel good doesn’t it? d Other kinds of physical contact such as holding hands have some of the same effects.

WRITING WORKSHOP The article “The Chemistry of Love” is a five-paragraph essay. Find the introduction, body and conclusion of the text. What main argument is presented in the introduction? What main idea is discussed in each body paragraph? Write down the topic sentences. d Sum up the conclusion in one sentence. sent

gs ek

se m

8 a b c

Introduction Body Conclusion

9 Write a brief text about a time when you felt loved.

DIGITAL DIVE 10 Use the internet to find more information about one of the “love hormones”. (There are others in addition to the ones mentioned in the article.) Write 3–5 sentences about the hormone you choose.

291

Love and Relationships

STARTING POINT

Match these famous couples. Do you know why they are famous?

Anna Tarzan Louis Lane Beauty Robin Hood Lancelot Queen Victoria Cleopatra Marie Curie Yoko Ono Oscar Wilde Pocahontas

gs ek

se m

John Lennon Pierre Curie Prince Albert Jane Kristoff Superman Julius Caesar John Smith Guinevere Lord Alfred Douglas Maid Marian The Beast

Partners in Love and Science One of history’s great love stories is that of Marie and Pierre Curie. In the late 1800s, a young woman from Warsaw, Poland wanted to go to university. But Polish universities did not admit women. So Marie travelled to France. She studied physics, chemistry and mathematics at Sorbonne University in Paris. Marie was a brilliant young scientist. She spent all her time in the library or laboratory. One day in the lab, Marie caught the eye of a French physicist named Pierre Curie. Soon their passion for science turned into a passion for each other. The couple married in 1895. They started a famous partnership in science. Working together in their laboratory, Marie and Pierre discovered two new elements: radium and polonium. They

admit gi adgang til physics fysikk chemistry kjemi passion lidenskap science vitenskap elements her: grunnstoffer

Love and Relationships

gs ek

se m

Pierre and Marie Curie around 1903.

292

named polonium after oppkalte polonium etter discoveries oppdagelser breakthroughs gjennombrudd cancer kreft treatment behandling struck her: rammet devastated sønderknust carried on fortsatte

named polonium after Marie’s homeland. In 1903, the Curies and scientist Henri Becquerel won the Nobel Prize in physics for their work on radioactivity. Their work and discoveries created breakthroughs in the fields of x-rays and cancer treatment. Tragedy struck in 1906. Pierre died in an accident with a horse. Marie was devastated, but she carried on with their work for the rest of her life. In 1911, Marie Curie won a second Nobel Prize, this time in chemistry.

Love and Relationships

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING 1 a b c d

Answer the questions. Why did Marie Curie study in France? What did Marie and Pierre discover? In what fields did their discoveries create breakthroughs? What happened in 1906?

SPEAKING SPOT

2 Great lovers Choose one of the famous couples from the Starting Point task. Find out more about them. Prepare to tell their love story to your classmates in a two-minute talk.

se m

EXPLORE MORE

gs ek

3 Watch the trailer for the movie Radioactive about Marie Curie’s life and achievements. Would you like to see the whole movie? Why or why not?

LANGUAGE LAB

4 There is ... or There are ... Find the missing verb in each fact, is or are. a There is radiation in space. b There ___ 206 bones in the human body. c There ___ water on Mars. d There ___ 118 elements in the periodic table. e There ___ nothing inside an electron. f There ___ an active volcano on Jan Mayen island. g There ___ no poisonous snakes in Canada. h There ___ more insects than animals on Earth. i There ___ a scientific explanation for love.

320

293

5 Describe what you see in the school science lab in the photo on the next page. Start your sentences with there is or there are. Write 5–8 sentences.

294

Love and Relationships

se m

TASKS

gs ek

6 Confusing words Choose the correct word: there, their or they’re. Then translate the sentences to Norwegian. a Their school is in Toronto. b ___ favourite subject is science. c ___ are nine pupils in the class. d ___ learning about photosynthesis. e ___ doing experiments today. f ___ school uniforms are blue. g ___ is a science test next week. h ___ busy studying for the test. i ___ are two science labs at ___ school.

WRITING WORKSHOP 7 Imagine that one of the pupils in the picture has a crush on his or her lab partner. Write a dialogue between these two during science lab.

295

Love and Relationships

gs ek

se m

In 1564 an extraordinary boy was born in a small English town called Stratford-upon-Avon. The boy’s name was William Shakespeare. He grew up to write some of the most remarkable plays and poems the world has ever seen. Not much is known about the man William Shakespeare. Official documents tell us that he married Anne Hathaway, had three children, owned a share in the Globe Theatre in London, and died in 1616. Shakespeare spent most of his adult life in London, where he wrote plays for and acted in a theatre company called the Lord Chamberlain’s Men. So few facts are known about Shakespeare that some people think that such an ordinary man could not possibly have written the masterpieces he is famous for. But there is no proof that anyone other than William Shakespeare wrote the plays and poems that bear his name. Modern readers often find Shakespeare’s texts difficult to read. He uses words and expressions no longer in use today, such as “wherefore art thou Romeo”, which means “why are you Romeo?” Characters behave differently too. For example, in the opening scene of Romeo and Juliet the servants insult each other by biting their thumbs! Shakespeare wrote his plays mostly in verse. That means the lines follow patterns of rhyme and rhythm. When Romeo first sees Juliet he says:

STARTING POINT

William Shakespeare

What do you know about William Shakespeare? Brainstorm in small groups and then share your information in class.

O she doth teach the torches to burn bright! It seems she hangs upon the cheek of night

extraordinary usedvanlig remarkable utrolige share del masterpieces mesterverk expressions uttrykk behave oppfører seg insult fornærmer in verse på vers

Love and Relationships Real people did not actually speak like this, but Shakespeare’s audiences expected to hear verse on stage. William Shakespeare shook the world with plays about sex, money, power, violence and love. Over 400 years later, Shakespeare’s powerful stories, memorable characters and beautiful language are still popular. His plays are performed on stages around the world. Lines from his works often show up in everyday language and popular culture. Surely you have heard “To be, or not to be: that is the question” from Hamlet? Shakespeare’s works have been adapted for movies, musicals, operas and ballets. They have also inspired countless other works of literature and art.

UNDERSTANDING

gs ek

se m

1 Read the text about William Shakespeare and find the missing information. a Shakespeare was born in a town called ___. b He ___ Anne Hathaway, and they had three children. c He was part owner of the ___ Theatre in London. d The acting company he worked for was called Lord Chamberlain’s ___. e He died in ___. f “Wherefore art thou Romeo?” means “___ are you Romeo?” g Shakespeare wrote his plays mostly in ___. h “To be, or not to be: that is the ___” is a quote from Hamlet.

TASKS

memorable minneverdige performed oppført, blir spilt stages scener, teatre adapted tilpasset countless utallige

296

In Shakespeare’s day and age only men were allowed on stage. All the female roles were played by men.

CREATIVE CORNER 2 How many other words can you make with the letters in WILLIAM SHAKESPEARE?

Love and Relationships

VOCABULARY 3 Idioms from Shakespeare Have you ever been “in stitches” over a joke? Do friends call you a “night owl” for staying up late? Is it easy to “break the ice” when you meet new people? These everyday idioms were first used by Shakespeare in his famous plays. Match each idiom from Shakespeare to its meaning.

4 a b c d e f g h

gs ek

meaning 1 a difficult situation 2 get sick 3 someone who stays up late 4 impossible to understand 5 laughing hard 6 anything is possible 7 start a conversation 8 hopeless search for something

se m

idiom a in stitches b night owl c break the ice d a pickle e all Greek to me f wild goose chase g catch a cold h the world is your oyster

Find the missing idiom from the exercise above. Please close the window, or we’ll all catch a cold. My brother is a ___ and often reads until 2:00 am. When you are young and healthy, ___. The comedian had the audience ___ with his stories. After wandering around for hours, I realized we were on a ___. Maria is in ___; she has two dates for the party. The rules of cricket are ___. Talking about the weather is a good way to ___.

“See I’m a poet to some, a regular modern-day Shakespeare” Eminem and Jay-Z

297

Love and Relationships

ar pl se m gs ek in er Verona, Italy

STARTING POINT

Most films, plays and books about love have a happy ending. But have you ever watched or read a tragedy – a story where two people in love do not end up together? Tell a partner or a small group about it.

298

Romeo and Juliet William Shakespeare’s tragedy Romeo and Juliet is one of his most famous plays. It is about Romeo Montague and Juliet Capulet, two young lovers in Verona, Italy. The Montague and Capulets families are bitter enemies. One night there is a party at the Capulet’s house. Romeo goes to the party in disguise. When he sees Juliet, it is love at first sight. Later that night, in the famous balcony scene, Juliet says that she loves Romeo too. Romeo and Juliet secretly marry the next day. Then things start getting complicated.

Love and Relationships

3 Romeo and Juliet meet at the party, and they fall in love at first sight.

2 Lord Capulet is giving a party one night. It is a masquerade. Romeo and his friends turn up at the party – in disguise.

gs ek

se m

1 The Montague and the Capulet families have been enemies for years. Relatives, friends and servants quarrel and get into sword fights.

4 After the party, Juliet is standing on her balcony, dreaming: “Oh Romeo, Romeo! Why are you Romeo, a Montague?”

enemies fiender in disguise forkledning love at first sight kjærighet ved første blikk secretly i hemmelighet relatives slektninger servants tjenere quarrel krangel

5 Romeo has sneaked into the garden and hears Juliet’s words.

sword fights kamper med sverd declare erklære feuding som er uvenner punishment straff spend tilbringer cheer us up muntre oss opp

6 Romeo and Juliet declare their love for each other, and decide to marry in secret before their families get to know what is going on.

drug medisin messenger budbringer sort everyting out ordne opp i alt vault gravkammer poison gift dagger dolk arrive ankommer

horrified forskrekket feud krangel woe sorg, elendighet

299

Love and Relationships

8 Friar Lawrence marries Romeo and Juliet.

9 Juliet returns home. Friar Lawrence will tell the families about the wedding later.

se m gs ek in

10 Romeo gets into a fight on his way home. His friend Mercutio is killed by Tybalt, who is Juliet’s cousin, and Romeo kills Tybalt. As punishment, Romeo is banished from Verona by the Prince of Verona.

7 Romeo runs off to Friar Lawrence, who agrees to marry them in secret: “I hope this marriage will unite the two feuding families!”

300

11 Romeo and Juliet spend their last night together before Romeo has to leave the city.

12 Juliet’s father thinks Juliet is sad because Tybalt, her cousin, has been killed. He tries to comfort her, and says: “We will arrange so you can marry Paris on Thursday. He has wanted to marry you for a long time. The marriage will cheer us all up.”

Love and Relationships

gs ek

15 Romeo gets the false message that Juliet is dead. He buys some poison and goes to the vault, where he meets Paris. They fight, and Romeo kills Paris.

14 Juliet is found the next morning, and everybody thinks she is dead. She is buried in the family vault.

se m

13 Juliet is shocked, but does not tell her father that she is already married. She runs to Friar Lawrence for help, and he comes up with a plan: “Pretend you will marry Paris. Then take this drug which will make you sleep for twenty-four hours. They will think you are dead. I will send a messenger to Romeo and get him. Then we will sort everything out.”

17 Friar Lawrence, who comes too late to save the two young lovers, runs off to get the two families.

16 Romeo kisses Juliet and then takes the poison. Juliet wakes up, finds Romeo dead, and kills herself with his dagger.

18 The Montagues and the Capulets arrive, and are terrified at what the feud has led to. Lord Capulet and Lord Montague decide to raise a statue of the two lovers, and stop the fighting.

301

Love and Relationships

f g h i j k l

Answer the questions. How do Romeo and Juliet meet? When do Romeo and Juliet decide to marry? Why do the two young lovers have to marry in secret? Why does Friar Lawrence agree to marry Romeo and Juliet? What happens when Romeo is on the way home after the wedding? Who kills Mercutio? Why does Romeo have to leave town? What does Juliet’s father think will cheer her up? Why does Juliet take a drug that makes her appear dead? What false news reaches Romeo? What is Romeo’s reaction when he hears the news? What happens when Juliet wakes up?

gs ek

VIEWPOINTS

se m

1 a b c d

2 Discuss the questions. a How old do you think Romeo and Juliet are? b Do you think this story could have happened today? Why or why not? c Why do you think the Montagues and Capulets are feuding? Hint: What might families today fight about? d Why do you think Shakespeare’s plays and poems are still popular today, 400 years after he died?

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

302

TEXT ANALYSIS 3 Answer the questions for analysis. Narrator: Who tells the story? Setting: Where and when does the story take place? Characters: Who is the story about? Plot: What happens in the story? Conflict: What is the problem? Theme: What is the story really about?

Love and Relationships

303

CREATIVE CORNER 4 Role play the balcony scene from Romeo and Juliet in class. Your teacher will give you the manuscript.

EXPLORE MORE 5 Watch Baz Luhrmann’s 1996 movie Romeo and Juliet with Leonardo DiCaprio and Claire Danes. The actors use Shakespeare’s language, but the story takes place in a modern setting.

se m

6 Sequence words Re-tell the story of Romeo and Juliet to a partner. Use sequence words.

gs ek

Juliet is almost 14 when she marries Romeo. In many parts of the world today child marriages are still common, especially for girls. Many of these girls are forced to marry a much older man. This can have many negative consequences, including social isolation, poverty and violence.

7 Arranged Marriage Romeo and Juliet marry for love. Juliet’s father has other plans. He arranges for his daughter to marry Paris, and he expects his daughter to follow his decision.

SPEAKING SPOT

More sequence words: in the beginning, first of all, in the meantime, meanwhile, later, afterwards, soon, eventually, lastly, in the end

a Brainstorm in groups. Arguments in support of arranged marriage

Arguments against arranged marriage

b Discuss which arguments you think are the best.

John Green has written a number of successful books aimed at young adult readers. Have you read any of these? Tell your class about it. The Fault in our Stars Paper Towns Looking for Alaska Turtles All the Way Down An Abundance of Katherines Will Grayson, Will Grayson Let it Snow

John Green (1977–) is an American author and video blogger (vlogger).

JOHN GREEN

se m

The Fault in Our Stars gs ek

Remember! You don’t have to understand all the words in a story to enjoy it.

cancer kreft portable bærbar elevator heis Last Days siste levedager Dixie cup pappbeger leanly muscular med lange, slanke muskler dwarfed her: fikk stolen til å se liten, dvergaktig ut molded plastic av formpresset plast elementary school barneskole mahogany mørk rødbrun tailbone halebenet posture holdning, stilling aggressively poor her: demonstrativt ynkelig conscious of oppmerksom på myriad utallige insufficiencies feil og mangler sagged hang slapt

This is an extract from the novel The Fault in our Stars. Hazel is sixteen years old. She has been ill with cancer for about two years. A portable oxygen tank helps her breathe. Her mother is worried because she spends most of her time alone and depressed. Today, her mother makes her to go to a support group for teenagers with cancer where she meets a new boy, Augustus.

STARTING POINT

Love and Relationships

304

I didn’t want to take the elevator because taking the elevator is a Last Days kind of activity at Support Group, so I took the stairs. I grabbed a cookie and poured some lemonade into a Dixie cup and then turned around. A boy was staring at me. I was quite sure I’d never seen him before. Long and leanly muscular, he dwarfed the molded plastic elementary school chair he was sitting in. Mahogany hair, straight and short. He looked my age, maybe a year older, and he sat with his tailbone against the edge of the chair, his posture aggressively poor, one hand half in a pocket of dark jeans. I looked away, suddenly conscious of my myriad insufficiencies. I was wearing old jeans, which had once been tight but now sagged in weird places, and a yellow T-shirt

Love and Relationships

gs ek

se m

advertising a band I didn’t even like anymore. Also my hair: I had this pageboy haircut, and I hadn’t even bothered to, like, brush it. Furthermore, I had ridiculously fat chipmunked cheeks, a side effect of treatment. I looked like a normally proportioned person with a balloon for a head. This was not even to mention the cankle situation. And yet – I cut a glance to him, and his eyes were still on me. It occurred to me why they call it eye contact. I walked into the circle and sat down next to Isaac, two seats away from the boy. I glanced again. He was still watching me. Look, let me just say it: He was hot. A nonhot boy stares at you relentlessly and it is, at best, awkward and, at worst, a form of assault. But a hot boy ... well. I pulled out my phone and clicked it so it would display the time: 4:59. The circle filled in with the unlucky twelve-toeighteens, and then Patrick started us out with the serenity prayer: God, grant me the serenity to accept the things I cannot change, the courage to change the things I can, and the wisdom to know the difference. The guy was still staring at me. I felt rather blushy. Finally, I decided that the proper strategy was to stare back. Boys do not have a monopoly on the Staring Business, after all. So I looked him over as Patrick acknowledged for the thousandth time his ball-lessness etc., and soon it was a staring contest. After a while the boy smiled, and then finally his blue eyes glanced away. When he looked back at me, I flicked my eyebrows up to say, I win.

Shailene Woodley as Hazel and Ansel Elgort as Augustus in the film The Fault in Our Stars (2014).

lift elevator pageboy haircut kortklipt ridiculously latterlig chipmunk cheeks kinn som et jordekorn side effect bivirkning treatment behandling cankle (calf + ankle) der leggen møter ankelen the cankle situation de hovne anklene cut a glance kastet et blikk occurred to me falt meg inn relentlessly nådeløst assault angrep serenity prayer bønn om sinnsro courage mot proper strategy passende strategi acknowledged erkjente ball-lessness Patrick har fjernet en testikkel på grunn av kreft flicked my eyebrows løftet øyebrynene

305

Love and Relationships

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING 1 a b c d e f

Answer the following questions. Why is Hazel’s mum worried about her? Why doesn’t Hazel take the elevator? Where do Hazel and the boy meet? How does Hazel describe the new boy? Why does Hazel feel insufficient? What does she do in response when the new boy stares at her?

VIEWPOINTS

gs ek

se m

2 Discuss the questions. a Do you think this a romantic description of a first meeting? Why or why not? b What do you think happens after the support group session is over? c This extract is from a novel where both main characters, two teenagers, have cancer. It is an entertaining and humorous book. How can humour help us in difficult situations? d Are some topics too serious to be joked about? If so, which?

MATHS MOVES

3 A polling organization called Gallup asked Americans if they believe in love at first sight. This is what they answered:

polling meningsmåling

306

NO 47%

NO OPINION 1%

YES 52%

a Finish these sentences about what the pie chart shows. The majority said that ... The minority ... 47% ... b Does anything about the statistics surprise you?

Love and Relationships

SPEAKING SPOT 4 Discuss in groups. a What other stories or films do you know of where someone falls in love at first sight? b Do you believe in love at first sight? Why or why not? c How do you start a conversation with somebody you would like to get to know? What is the perfect opening line?

WRITING WORKSHOP

gs ek

se m

5 Choose one of the tasks. a Write a paragraph about Hazel and Augustus’ first meeting from Augustus’ point of view. b Write a paragraph about the first time you met someone you know. Use these questions if you need help getting started: • What was the time and place? • What did you immediately notice about the other person? • What made him or her interesting? How did you make contact? c Write the first conversation Hazel and Augustus have after the meeting.

Did you just come out of the oven? Because you’re hot!

DIGITAL DIVE 6 Go online to find more information about John Green. Write 5–8 sentences about him.

EXPLORE MORE 7 Watch the movie version of The Fault in Our Stars or read the whole novel.

“A novel of life and death and the people caught in between, The Fault in Our Stars is John Green at his best. You laugh, you cry, and then you come back for more.” Markus Zusak, author of The Book Thief

307

308

Love and Relationships

STARTING POINT

Search the internet for and watch Alex Sanchez’s video “It Gets Better,” where he talks about growing up gay. As you watch, write a list of 10–15 key words or phrases from the video. In class use this list to tell a partner about Sanchez and his message. Sum up in class.

Alex Sanchez (1957–) was born in Mexico, but now lives in the USA.

ALEX SANCHEZ

se m

gs ek

Remember! You don’t have to understand all the words in a story to enjoy it.

Joe and Jamal have been best friends since primary school. One night while they are horsing around, Joe kisses Jamal. Even though it felt great, Joe feels like he has done something wrong, and now Jamal is ignoring him. At school the next day, their homophobic friend Curt teases Joe about being gay after their science teacher, Mr. Bonita, holds him back after class. Then Curt and Joe get in a fight. Mr. Bonita breaks it up.

“Okay,” Mr. Bonita tells the crowd, “get to your buses. Curt and Joe, come with me.” As he walks us to the principal’s, I think how every day seems to bring some new thing I can’t believe I did. In the principal’s office, Curt and I each have to tell our side of what happened. Curt gets a week’s suspension for starting the fight. I get a week of after-school detention for punching him in return. Great, now everyone will make jokes about me staying after school with Mr. Bonita. Curt gets to leave after talking to the principal, but Mr. Bonita says he wants to talk to me. When we get back to his room, he asks me to sit down across from him. At first he doesn’t say anything, just scratches the side of his face like he does in class when someone asks him a question that he has to think about. “Joe,” he tells me, with that tone of voice that says, Time for the lecture. “Just because Curt pushed you doesn’t make it

If You Kiss a Boy

primary school barneskolen horsing around lekeslåss ignoring overser homophobic homofobe principal’s rektorens (kontor) suspension utvisning detention gjensitting

gs ek

se m

Love and Relationships

right for you to have punched him. You know that, don’t you?” “Yeah,” I mumble, though I also know that if Curt did it again, I’d do the same thing. While Mr. Bonita says something about escalating violence, I glance at the ring on his finger, the one I’ve wondered about. When he pauses, I ask, “Is that a wedding band?” At first he doesn’t answer, just studies me. Then he says, “I have a partner.” I know from watching Will & Grace that he doesn’t mean a business partner. He means, like, a guy partner. He is gay. My heart ka-thumps at the realization. I shift my feet, wanting to run, except, like, I’m glued-to-the-seat curious, too. “My dad thinks being gay is a sickness,” I tell him. Only after I say it do I realize how mean that sounds, but it doesn’t seem to bother Mr. Bonita.

mumble mumle escalating voksende glance at kaste blikk på wedding band giftering Will & Grace tv-serie ka-thumps slår hardt at the realization når jeg skjønner det glued-to-the-seat curious limt fast til setet av nysgjerrighet mean frekt, slemt bother plage

309

Love and Relationships

gs ek

se m

“There’s absolutely no scientific evidence of that,” he says. “Oh,” I say. There’s a question I want to ask him, but I can’t. Instead, I say, “You don’t think it’s bad?” I realize that’s kind of a stupid question, since if he thought being gay was bad, he wouldn’t be gay. “I don’t think it is,” he tells me. I squirm in my seat, still unable to ask the question I most want to ask. So I say, “How did you first know you were?” “Well ...” He eyes me up and down, and I swear he can tell what I really want to ask. “When I watched a movie or TV, and the guy kissed the girl, I wished the guy was kissing me.” I think back to the movie Jamal and I saw yesterday, and I wonder if that’s why I kissed him. The more Mr. Bonita talks, the more I want to ask my question. Finally, I decide I have to ask it, before my heart explodes all over the place. “Do you think ...” I take a deep breath, feeling like I’m going to faint. “... I ... am?” I glance down, certain I must be as red as an apple. No way can I look up at him or I’m sure I’ll die. In fact, I wish he’d say something quick, before I pass out. At last, he says, “I don’t know.” I glance up, so disappointed I could cry. I mean, I’d like to know one way or another, you know? “But whether you are or not,” he says, “what matters is this: that you accept and respect yourself for who you are.” He lowers his brow, all serious, but then smiles a little bit. “And you don’t go punching people out about it. Is that clear?” I nod, shifting nervously in my seat, my mind reeling. “Anything else you want to ask?” he says. I think for a moment and glance at the clock. “How long do I have to stay?” “I think you’ve had enough for today.” He tilts his head toward the door. “Tell your parents I’ll call them tonight. You can start staying after school tomorrow.” Before he can utter another word, I grab my backpack. “See you,” I yell behind me, sprinting into the hall. I’m not sure why I’m running, or why I feel so excited. I guess it’s because of our conversation. I fling open the building’s front door and slam to a halt. A lone figure sits on the balustrade, waiting. He glances up at me, his face scrunched, his brow worried-like. “Hey,” Jamal says.

310

evidence bevis squirm vrir meg faint besvime pass out besvimer disappointed skuffet brow panne shifting flytter seg fra side til side my mind reeling det går helt rundt for meg tilts nikker utter si fling slenger slam to a halt stopper brått opp balustrade rekkverk scrunched sammenkrøllet

Love and Relationships

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING 1 a b c d e f

Answer the questions. Why do Curt and Joe fight? What punishments do the boys get for fighting? Who wants to talk to Joe about what happened? How did Mr Bonita first know he was gay? Does Mr Bonita think that Joe is gay? Who is waiting for Joe outside the school?

VIEWPOINTS Discuss the questions. Why do you think Mr Bonita wants to talk to Joe? Why does Joe ask Mr Bonita about his wedding band? How does Joe’s father feel about homosexuality? How do you think this makes Joe feel? d Does Joe know if he is gay or not? e Mr Bonita tells Joe: whether you are [gay] or not, what matters is this: that you accept and respect yourself for who you are. Do you think this is a good piece of advice? What advice would you give Joe? f How does Joe feel after his talk with Mr Bonita? Why do you think he feels this way? g Why do you think Jamal is waiting for Joe?

gs ek

se m

2 a b c

TEXT ANALYSIS

311

Mor e tasksÅ

Love and Relationships

323 4 Punctuate the sentences and add the missing quotation marks. a b c d e

I ask Is that a wedding band I ask, “Is that a wedding band?” There’s absolutely no scientific evidence of that he says At last he says I don’t know Anything else you want to ask he says See you I yell behind me

se m

5 Change the sentences from direct speech to indirect speech. a I asked, “How long do I have to stay?” I asked how long I had to stay. b Mr Bonita said, “I don’t think it is wrong.” c He said, “You cannot punch people.” d I asked, “What to you think about it?” e “I haven’t made up my mind”, he replied.

gs ek

6 Word pyramids Can you create a word pyramid like this? Start with a single letter, A, I, M, N, O, S or T. Every word uses the same letters as the word before and adds one more. You can play this as a competition with a time limit.

A T A R T T E A R HE A R T rd

TASKS

LANGUAGE LAB

312

Scoring: 3-word pyramid 2 points 4-word pyramid 4 points 5-word pyramid 6 points Extra challenge: Create a 6-word pyramid for 10 points.

Love and Relationships

SPEAKING SPOT

pl se m

learn instead heard ear lead feather eat

WRITING WORKSHOP

gs ek

heart spear leave great head feast please

7 Spelling and pronouncing ea Many words in English are spelled with ea. Practice saying these words with ea from the story aloud. Work with a partner. If you are not sure how to pronounce these words, listen to them on an online dictionary. See tips for dictionaries below.

8 What do you think Jamal and Joe say to each other after Jamal says “hey” at the end of the story? Write a dialogue.

DIGITAL DIVE

9 Go to the website for the It Gets Better Project (itgetsbetter.org/stories/). Watch one of the video stories, and tell a partner about it.

ONLINE DICTIONARIES British English: dictionary.cambridge.org

American English: merriam-webster.com

313

Love and Relationships

Sharon Creech (1945–) is an American writer of novels for young adults.

SHARON CREECH

The Marriage Proposal

gs ek

se m

This extract is from the novel Walk Two Moons. Sal is on a road trip with her grandparents. They tell stories to pass the time.

STARTING POINT

What can you learn about people from the way they treat animals? Share your ideas in small groups.

314

Love and Relationships

gs ek

se m

When Gramps tells this story, he starts with when he was seventeen years old and living with his parents in Bybanks. That’s when he met Gram. She was visiting her aunt who lived over the meadow from where Gramps lived. “I was a wild thing then,” Gramps said, “and I didn’t stand still for any girl, I can tell you that. They had to try to catch me on the run. But when I saw your grandmother running in the meadow, with her long hair as silky as a filly’s, I was the one who was trying to do the catching. Talk about wild things! Your grandmother was the wildest, most untamed, most ornery and beautiful creature ever to grace this earth.” Gramps said he followed her like a sick, old dog for twenty-two days, and on the twenty-third day, he marched up to her father and asked if he could marry her. Her father said, “If you can get her to stand still long enough and if she’ll have you, I guess you can.” When Gramps asked Gram to marry him, she said “Do you have a dog?” Gramps said that yes, as a matter of fact, he had a fat old beagle named Sadie. Gram said, “And where does she sleep?” Gramps stumbled around a bit and said, “To tell you the truth, she sleeps right next to me, but if we were to get married, I – ” “When you come in the door at night,” Gram said, “what does that dog do?” Gramps couldn’t figure what she was getting at, so he just told the truth. “She jumps all over me, a-lickin’ and a-howlin’.” “And then what do you do?” Gram said. “Well, gosh!” Gramps said. He did not like to admit it, but he said, “I take her in my lap and pet her till she calms down, and sometimes I sing her a song. You’re making me feel foolish.” “I don’t mean to,” she said. “You’ve told me all I need to know. I figure if you treat a dog that good, you’ll treat me better. I figure if that old beagle Sadie loves you so much, I’ll probably love you better. Yes, I’ll marry you.”

novel roman young adults unge voksne, ungdommer meadow eng filly hoppeføll untamed utemmet ornery sta creature vesen grace smykke as a matter of fact faktisk beagle liten harehund stumbled around her: nølte couldn’t figure kunne ikke skjønne was getting at prøvde å komme fram til admit innrømme lap fang pet stryker, koser calms down roer seg ned treat behandle

315

Love and Relationships

These are the answers. Write the questions. Then quiz a partner. Bybanks seventeen wild, untamed, ornery and beautiful Gram’s father Sadie a beagle in Gramps’ bed She jumped all over him. He pet her and sometimes sang to her. Yes, I’ll marry you.

1 a b c d e f g h i j

TEXT ANALYSIS

gs ek

se m

2 Similes A simile compares one thing to another using like or as. Examples: Her voice sounded like dead leaves. Sometimes I am as ornery and stubborn as an old donkey.

Discuss the questions. There is a simile in the second paragraph of the text, and one in the third. a Can you find them? b What do the similes compare? c What do the similes add to the text?

TASKS

UNDERSTANDING

VIEWPOINTS

316

3 Discuss the questions. a Why did Gramps ask Gram’s father for permission before he asked her to marry him? b Why did Gram ask Gramps about his dog Sadie? c What did Gram learn about Gramps when he told her about Sadie? d Gram said she would marry Gramps based on how he treated Sadie. Do you think this is a good way to choose a parnter? Why or why not? e How do you think Gram and Gramps’ marriage turned out?

SPEAKING SPOT 4 Role-play Gramps’ marriage proposal to Gram with a partner.

Love and Relationships

EXPLORE MORE 5 Read the novel Walk Two Moons.

LANGUAGE LAB

6 Punctuation matters! The class will be divided into two groups. Group 1 should capitalize and punctuate this letter so it sounds like a “Dear John” – that Lily is ending her relationship with Charlie. Group 2 should capitalize and punctuate the letter so it sounds like a love letter from Lily to Charlie. When you finish, find a partner from the other group and compare your letters. Discuss how punctuation has changed the meaning.

gs ek

se m

dear charlie i want a man who knows what love is all about you are generous kind thoughtful people who are not like you admit to being useless and inferior you have ruined me for other men i yearn for you i have no feelings whatsoever when we’re apart i can be forever happy will you let me be yours lily

generous generøs thoughtful omtenksom admit to innrømme inferior underlegen ruined ødela yearn for lengter etter whatsoever overhodet, i det hele tatt

A “Dear John” is an expression that means a letter from a woman to her boyfriend telling him that she is ending their relationship. The letter is still called a “Dear John” even if the boyfriend has another name.

317

318

Love and Relationships

TASKS

A proverb is a short sentence that gives advice or tells you something about life.

It is the early bird that gets the worm.

se m

proverb ordtak

320 7 There is ... or There are ...

gs ek

Find the missing verb in each proverb, is or are. Discuss what the proverbs mean. Do we have similar proverbs in Norwegian? Or in another language you know? a There is safety in numbers. b There ___ plenty of fish in the sea. c There ___ nothing new under the sun. d There ___ no mistakes, only happy accidents. e There ___ no smoke without fire. f There ___ no place like home. g There ___ two sides to every question. h There ___ nothing permanent except change. i There ___ no endings, only new beginnings. 8 It is ... or There is ... Complete each proverb correctly with it is or there is. Then discuss what they mean. a It is better to be safe than sorry. b ___ a thin line between love and hate. c ___ better to give than to receive. d ___ always a calm before a storm. e ___ always darkest before dawn. f ___ no such thing as a free lunch. g Where ___ a will, ___ a way. h ___ the early bird that gets the worm. i ___ better to have loved and lost than never to have loved at all.

Love and Relationships

1 • • •

Present a famous love story from a film or a book. Who are the characters? What is the plot? (What challenges do the characters face and how are they solved?) Why does this story interest you?

2 Work with a partner. Record a conversation where you discuss and compare Romeo and Juliet and The Fault in our Stars. Here are some ideas: • Which text did you like the best? Why? • What character(s) do you find most interesting? Why?

WRITTEN PRACTICE

gs ek

se m

3 Many of the texts in this chapter are about love and relationships. Create a text in which you discuss what a good relationship should be like. You can use examples from one or more of the texts you have read.

4 Romeo and Juliet marry for love, but Juliet’s father has other plans. He arranges for his daughter to marry Paris, and expects her to follow his decision. Write a five-paragraph essay on your opinion on arranged marriage.

5 Write a story inspired by the song “True Colors” or one of the other texts in this chapter. Give your text the title “True Colors”.

6 Choose one of the quotes below as a starting point and create a text about someone who experiences love. “How do I love thee? Let me count the ways” Elizabeth Barrett Browning

“Have you ever been in love? Horrible, isn’t it? It makes you so vulnerable. It opens your chest and it opens up your heart and it means that someone can get inside you and mess you up.” Neil Gaiman

“Tis better to have loved and lost Than never to have loved at all.” Alfred Lord Tennyson

I gave her everything She took my heart And left me lonely XXXTentacion

SPEAK & WRITE

ORAL PRACTICE

319

Love and Relationships

Det er kan uttrykkes på to måter på engelsk: There is a full moon tonight. Det er fullmåne i kveld. It is time to go. Det er på tide å gå.

IT IS

gs ek

Tid What time is it? It is half past three. It is time to go to bed.

Ukedager, måneder og datoer What day is it? It is 20 May. It is Wednesday. Været Is it raining today? No, it is a nice day. It is warm and sunny.

se m

Avstand How far is it from your house to the bus stop? It is about 500 meters. It is not far.

Vi bruker it is om ...

LANGUAGE WORK

DET ER IT IS AND THERE IS

320

Love and Relationships

Translate these sentences to English. Hvilken dag er det? What day is it? Det er bursdagen min. Snør det? Nei, det regner. Er det langt fra skolen til huset ditt? Ja, det er langt. Nei, det er en kort gåtur. Er det på tide å gå hjem? Ja, det er sent. Klokka er ni.

1 a b c d e f g h i j

THERE IS

Translate these sentences to English. Det er et ledig sete ved døren. There is a free seat by the door. Det er en irsk jente i klassen min. Det er en mobiltelefon i bagen hennes. Det er noe jeg må fortelle deg. Det er en flue i suppen min. Det er en gammel mann i rommet.

2 a b c d e f

gs ek

There is a mouse in the kitchen. There is something I must do.

se m

There is bruker vi når det går an å si det finnes eller der er i stedet for det er.

THERE IS / THERE ARE

Når vi bruker there må vi passe på å bruke riktig form av verbet. Når subjektet er i entall, bruker vi is: There is a mouse in the kitchen. There is only one pupil in the classroom. Når subjektet er i flertall, bruker vi are: There are two mice in the kitchen. There are many pupils in the classroom.

321

Love and Relationships

se m

Fill in is or are. There are two grocery stores in my neighbourhood. There ___ ice lollies in the freezer. There ___ a boy from Scotland in my class. There ___ something I need to show you. There ___ a Norwegian player on the team. Why ___ there so many open windows? ___ there a snowstorm on the way? There ___ four kittens in the basket. There ___ five hedgehogs in the garden.

gs ek

4 Make five sentences about things you can see in your classroom or outside the window. Start your sentences with There is or There are.

Find the correct form, it or there. I am so stressed! There is so much work to do! It is terrible! ___ is a great new series on Netflix. ___ is Irish. What time is ___? ___ is four thirty. ___ is too far to walk from my house to yours. But ___ is a bus leaving every 15 minutes. e When is your birthday? ___ is 16 November. f I know ___ is someone outside my window! I heard a sound! Don’t be silly, ___ is just the leaves blowing in the wind. g ___ is a telephone call for you. ___ is your mother. h ___ is wonderful to see you again! You too, Dad. ___ is no place like home! i Bring an umbrella, ___ is raining again. Not again! ___ has been raining all morning.

5 a b c d

IT OR THERE?

LANGUAGE WORK

3 a b c d e f g h i

322

Love and Relationships

DIREKTE OG INDIREKTE TALE DIRECT AND REPORTED SPEECH

se m

DIREKTE TALE DIRECT SPEECH

Ofte når du skriver en tekst vil du ønske å gjengi hva andre har sagt eller skrevet. Dette kan vi gjøre på to måter, enten gjennom direkte tale (sitat) eller indirekte tale (referat). Med direkte tale skriver du ned akkurat det som ble sagt eller skrevet. Med indirekte tale gjenforteller du hva som ble sagt. Dette skrivekurset fokuserer på direkte og indirekte tale.

gs ek

Direkte tale markerer vi med anførselstegn. På engelsk står anførselstegn oppe, både på starten og slutten av det som blir sagt. Legg merke til komma etter sitatet når setningen fortsetter etter sitatet.

“What are you supposed to be?” asked Christopher Robin. “A little black rain cloud,” replied Pooh. “Hmm. Silly old bear.”

Dersom det som blir sagt skal avsluttes med spørsmålstegn eller utropstegn, brukes disse før anførselstegnet. Resten av setningen følger på uten at vi begynner med stor bokstav. “Can I come with you?” she asked. “I don’t care!” she shouted. 1 Punctuate these sentences. a Dad asked Where have you been Dad asked, “Where have you been?” b I have too much homework she complained c Christina asked Why are you late d Adam said I’ll be home for supper e I will help you as soon as I get home he promised f Where were you last night he asked g Help she screamed

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 5

This writing lesson teaches you • to use direct speach • to use reported speach

323

Love and Relationships

Når vi siterer noe som noen andre har sagt eller skrevet, må vi være nøye og referere akkurat det som ble sagt eller står skrevet. Her bruker vi også anførselstegn. In her speech at the UN, Malala said, “One child, one teacher, one pen and one book can change the world.” 2 Match each quote with the person who said it. Write a sentence that includes both. Make sure you get the punctuation right.

1 Christiano Ronaldo 2 Mandela 3 Michelle Obama

gs ek

se m

a Non-violence is a weapon of the strong. b A winner is a dreamer who never gives up. c Success isn’t about how much money you make, it’s about the difference you make in people’s lives. d Talent without working hard is nothing. e Let us make our future now, and let us make our dreams tomorrow’s reality. f Life is what happens when you’re busy making other plans. g Grief is the price we pay for love.

Malala said, “Let us make our future now, and let us make our dreams tomorrow’s reality.”

4 John Lennon 5 Queen Elizabeth II 6 Gandhi 7 Malala

IMPROVE YOUR WRITING PART 5

SITATER QUOTES

INDIREKTE TALE INDIRECT SPEECH

324

Indirekte tale, eller referat, bruker vi når vi gjenforteller hva noen har sagt. He said that he did not want to come. She says that she is on her way over here. They told me that they met him in Manchester last year. 4 a b c d e f g

Change the sentences from direct speech to reported speech. Sarah said, “I saw him yesterday.” Sarah said that she saw him yesterday. “Did John come to the party?” she asked. My brother said, “I can help you.” They said, “We have never been to England.” “I will do it later,” Mum promised. “I don’t believe you,” Sheila replied. Dad asked, “Do you want to go with me to Ireland this summer?”

Love and Relationships

REFERERE TIL KILDER REFERRING TO SOURCES Noen ganger vil vi referere til en kilde, f.eks. vise til hva som står i en artikkel eller hva en undersøkelse viser. Da kan vi gjengi det kilden sier eller referere ved å bruke indirekte tale. According to the article, Americans spent more time on social media in 2020 than ever before. As presented in the survey, British teenagers spend five hours a day on social media. The report says that the sea level is rising.

5 Write five sentences about the information you get from the pie chart.

Frequency of Social Media Use, 2018

se m

16%

Among all 13- to 17-year-olds, percent who check social media:

gs ek

19% 27%

30%

¯ Almost constantly ¯ Hourly ¯ Daily (less than hourly) ¯ Weekly or less ¯ Don’t use social media

According to the chart ... The chart shows that ... As we can see from the chart, ...

325

BILDELISTE

gs ek

se m

2 undrey/iStock, 8–9 Ronnie Kaufman/Blend Images LLC/Getty Images, 10a–b THE TWITS illustration ©1980 Quentin Blake. Permission by A P Watt at United Agents on behalf of Quentin Blake, 12 jsh120406/ CartoonStock, 13–14, 16 fireflamenco/iStock, 19 Maskot/Getty Images, 23a muuraa/iStock, b haveseen/ iStock 24 AnnaPustynnikova/iStock, 27a øVPDLO dL\GHP &L\GHP,PDJHV L6WRFN b Martin Holverda/iStock, 29 Mauro Magno/EyeEm/Getty Images, 34 larryrains/iStock, 35 Courtesy of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 37 egal/iStock, 38–39 lukaves/iStock, 41a Rocter/iStock, b belchonock/iStock, c realstockvector/iStock, d nopjumbo/iStock, e MichaelJay/iStock, f Natalia Kuzina/iStock, 42 Zerbor/iStock, 43 -DQ :RODN '\V]\ĔVNL JanekWD/iStock, 45, 47 Kevin Dodge LLC/Getty Images, 53 amenic181/iStock, 55 undefined undefined/ iStock, 56a øVPDLO dL\GHP &L\GHP,PDJHV L6WRFN b Martin Holverda/iStock, 57 invincible_bulldog/iStock, 58 doodlemachine/Getty Images, 61 MoMo Productions/Getty Images, 65 iStock, 66–67 Grandfailure/iStock, 69 Bill Watterson/Andrews McMeel Syndication, 71 Chris Riddell/Macmillan Publishers, 73 Jennifer Borton/ bortonia/Getty Images, 74 PaulPaladin/iStock, 77 NASA, 80 Aunt_Spray/iStock, 81 Grandfailure/iStock, 85 20ThCentury Fox Zuma Press / NTB, 87 zegers06/iStock, 88 Minas Tirith by Alan Lee. Artwork provided courtesy of Warner Bros. Home Entertainment Inc., 91 KeithBishop/iStock, 92a GeorgePeters/iStock, b KeithBishop/iStock, 93–95 KeithBishop/iStock, 98 Mary Evans Picture / NTB, 100 Mary Evans Picture / NTB, 102 Daniel Eskridge/iStock, 112 Marisvector/iStock, 114 marekuliasz/iStock, 116 Ingrid Finsland, 118 Ellerslie77/iStock, 119 Sashatigar/iStock, 122a Stanislav Pobytov/iStock, b FOTOGRAFIA INC./Sisoje/ iStock, 123 Ghislain & Marie David de Lossy/Getty Images, 124–125 FotoDuets/iStock, 126 Jeff Blackler/ REX / Shutterstock editorial / NTB, 127 Luke Macgregor / Reuters / NTB, 128 Ben Birchall / Pa Photos / NTB, 130 WildLivingArts/iStock, 131 Steve Goodwin/busypix/iStock, 133 Jupiterimages/Getty Images, 137 Arman Zhenikeyev/iStock, 138 Eshma/iStock, 141 choness/iStock, 142 FPG / Staff/2010 Getty Images, 146 Lefteris Pitarakis / AP / NTB, 151 Leanne Italie / Ap / NTB, 152 002 Gabriel Szabo / Medicimage / NTB, 154 GH1 / wenn.com / NTB, 155a øVPDLO dL\GHP &L\GHP,PDJHV L6WRFN b Martin Holverda/iStock, 158 Tero Vesalainen/iStock, 159 IVO GRETENER/IGphotography/iStock, 161a MicrovOne/iStock, b Chuhail/iStock, c biscotto87/iStock, d Elisabeth Moseng, e olegtoka/iStock, f azatvaleev/iStock, g Planet12-Fred/iStock, h teamplayfor/iStock, i Vladislav Klok/iStock, j designer29/iStock, k Olga Naumova/iStock, l T-Vector-Icons/ iStock, m bortonia/iStock, n myillo/iStock, o PrettyVectors/iStock, p bubble86/iStock, 163 tdub303/iStock, 164 Eva Blanco/iStock, 165 mathisworks/iStock, 167 Ekaterina Chvileva/iStock, 169 Ekaterina Chvileva/ iStock, 172–173 FG Trade/iStock, 174 Encyclopaedia Britannica/Contributor/Universal Images Group/Getty Images, 175a Anastasiia_M/iStock, b Veni/iStock, 177 Martin Rickett / Pa Photos / NTB, 179 Duncan P Walker/duncan1890/iStock, 180 ilbusca/iStock, 183 ALLEKO/iStock, 186a Elena Schweitzer/egal/iStock, b rfranca/iStock, 189 Denis O’Regan/Contributor/Getty Images, 193a Martin Holverda/iStock, b The Granger Collection / NTB, 194 SEAN ADAIR / Reuters / NTB, 198 Siri Daasvand, 200 Arkiv / NTB, 201 bauhaus1000/ iStock, 202 The Granger Collection / NTB, 203 The Granger Collection / NTB, 204a David McNew/ Stringer/2018 Getty Images, b PeterHermesFurian/iStock, 205 Margaret Bourke-White/Contributor/Time Life Pictures/Getty Images, 208a fmsdigitalpro/MesquitaFMS/iStock, b Yuricazac/iStock, 209a Diane Diederich/ diane39/iStock, b Linda Raymond/iStock, c Pixel_Squid/iStock, 210 rbiedermann/iStock, 211 2012 John Zocco/ZoccoPhoto/iStock, 213a Album / NTB, b PeterHermesFurian/iStock, 217 William Randall/TexPhoto/ iStock, 218 rbiedermann/iStock, 219–221 Mary Evans Picture / NTB, 223 Preto_perola/iStock, 225 amathers/iStock, 229a blackred/iStock, b drmakkoy/iStock, 231 diegograndi/iStock, 233 RichVintage/ iStock, 234 Jarvell Jardey/iStock, 236 Daniel Eskridge/iStock, 239 francisblack/iStock, 241 2019 Charles Mann/cmannphoto/iStock, 243 Brynza/iStock, 244a AP / NTB, b Larry MacDougall / AP / NTB, c Adrian Wyld / AP / NTB, 246 Blaine Harrington III/Getty Images, 249 Netflix/Kobal/REX / Shutterstock editorial / NTB, 252 georgi1969/iStock, 256 Marco Venturini Autieri/marcoventuriniautieri/iStock, 262 PeterSnow/iStock, 263 aekikuis/iStock, 265 amathers/iStock, 266–267 Sharon Jones/iStock, 269a Maskot/Getty Images, b Maskot/Getty Images, c SOL STOCK LTD/SolStock/iStock, d Chee Gin Tan/Getty Images, 273 FOTOGRAFIA INC./Sisoje/iStock, 277 mxtama/iStock, 279 CM Dixon / Heritage / NTB, 281 Victoria_Novak/iStock, 287 fotostorm/iStock, 289 dbtn67/Derek Brettle/CartoonStock, 290 iStock, 292 921176 / Shutterstock / NTB, 294 SOL STOCK LTD/SolStock/iStock, 295 duncan1890/Getty Images, 298 Zakharova_Natalia/iStock, 305a James Bridges/Temple Hill/Kobal/REX / Shutterstock editorial / NTB, b øVPDLO dL\GHP &L\GHP,PDJHV iStock, c Martin Holverda/iStock, 307 mfrn23/M J Fry/CartoonStock, 309 Maskot/Getty Images, 313a øVPDLO dL\GHP &L\GHP,PDJHV L6WRFN b Martin Holverda/iStock, 314 Westend61/Gemma Ferrando/Getty Images, 317 Don Bayley/RapidEye/iStock, 318 stromab/iStock, 320 portishead1/iStock, 321 iridi/iStock

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND SOURCES Excerpt from The Twits by Roald Dahl, published by Jonathan Cape Ltd & Penguin Books Ltd. © The Roald Dahl Story Company Limited

“Seventeen Magazine: Give Girls Images of Real Girls!” by Julia Bluhm. Used by permission.

se m

Anansi and the Pot of Beans: As Told by Bobby & Sherry Norfolk (2006). Published by August House Publishers. Used by permission.

gs ek

Excerpt and Illustration from “The Sweet Tooth” from GEORGE AND MARTHA TONS OF FUN by James Marshall. Copyright © 1980 by James Marshall, renewed 2008 by Sheldon Fogelman. Reprinted by permission of Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company. All rights reserved.

WE ARE THE WORLD (50%) Words and Music by Lionel Richie and Michael Jackson Copyright © 1985 by Brockman Music, Brenda Richie Publishing and Mijac Music All Rights on behalf of Mijac Music Administered by Sony/ATV Music Publishing LLC, 424 Church Street, Suite 1200, Nashville, TN 37219 All Rights on behalf of Brenda Richie Publishing Administered by Concord Music Publishing LLC All Rights Reserved Used by Permission of Hal Leonard Europe Limited. WE ARE THE WORLD (50%) Text & musik: Michael Jackson/Lionel Richie © Mijac Music Tryckt med tillstånd av Sony/ATV Music Publishing Scandinavia/Notfabriken Music Publishing AB.

Excerpt from ALIENOGRAPHY, first published in 2010 by Pan Macmillan. Reproduced by permission of Macmillan Publishers International Limited Text and Illustrations copyright © Chris Riddell 2010 Text selection from Coraline Graphic Novel by Neil Gaiman Illustrated By: P. Craig Russell. Text copyright (c) 2002, 2008 by Neil Gaiman. Illustration copyright (c) 2008 P. Craig Russel. Used by permission of HarperCollins Publishers.

Excerpt from HOLES. Copyright © 1998 by Louis Sachar. Reprinted by permission of Louis Sachar. “The Hockey Sweater” from The Hockey Sweater and Other Stories by Roch Carrier copyright © 1979 by House of Anansi Press. Reprinted with permission from House of Anansi Press. www.anansi.ca TRUE COLORS Av Billy Steinberg/Tom Kelly © Sony/ATV Tunes LLC Tryckt med tillstånd av Sony/ATV Music Publishing Scandinavia / Notfabriken Music Publishing AB. Excerpt from “If You Kiss a Boy” © 2003 by Alex Sanchez appeared in 13: Thirteen Stories That Capture the Agony and Ecstasy of Being Thirteen, published by Atheneum Books for Young Readers.

Every effort has been made to contact the copy-right holders. We regret that this has not proved to be possible in every case.

Stages 9 er en del av Stage 8–10. Stages 8–10 følger læreplanen i engelsk for 8.–10. årstrinn (LK2020). © H. Aschehoug & Co. (W. Nygaard) 2021 1. utgave / 1. opplag 2021

Materialet er vernet etter åndsverkloven. Uten uttrykkelig samtykke er eksemplarfremstilling, som utskrift og annen kopiering, bare tillatt når det er hjemlet i lov (kopiering til privat bruk, sitat o.l.) eller i avtale med Kopinor (www.kopinor.no).

se m

Utnyttelse i strid med lov eller avtale kan medføre erstatnings- og straffansvar.

gs ek

Redaktør: Siri Daasvand Grafisk formgiving og omslag: Marit Jakobsen Bilderedaktør: Thea Bårdsdatter Foslie Omslagsillustrasjon: Pernille Mühlbach Illustrasjoner: Pernille Mühlbach 120, 259 Lars Rudebjer 196–197 Erik Ødegård 299–301 Markus Fogth-Jakobsen 190, 306, 325

Grunnskrift: Verdana Regular Papir: 100 g G-print Trykk: Merkur Grafisk AS Innbinding: Bokbinderiet Johnsen AS

NO - 1430

N VA

E MERK

ISBN 978-82-03-40644-7 Aunivers.no